CDC on Antimicrobial Stewardship

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Engaging hospitalists in antimicrobial stewardship: The CDC perspective

What if there was a quality improvement initiative that had been proven in multiple, peer‐reviewed publications to improve individual patient outcomes, reduce the overall burden of antimicrobial resistance, and save healthcare dollars? Surely such an initiative would enjoy widespread, if not uniform, adoption by health care facilities. Antimicrobial stewardship is just such an intervention. Ensuring that hospitalized patients receive the right antimicrobial, at the right dose, at the right time, and for the right duration has been shown to reduce mortality,1 reduce the risks of Clostridium difficileassociated diarrhea,2 shorten length of stay,3 reduce overall antimicrobial resistance within the facility,4 and save money.5 Yet despite these benefits, antimicrobial stewardship programs and interventions are far from the norm in US hospitals.

There are 2 important myths about antimicrobial stewardship that likely contribute substantially to the gap between the recognized benefits and implementation of stewardship interventions. Dispelling these myths is a crucial step in promoting wider adoption efforts to improve antimicrobial use. The first myth stems from the very name antimicrobial stewardship program, which has created a misperception that optimal inpatient antimicrobial use is only possible in settings with formal stewardship programs that are staffed by infectious diseases (ID) physicians and pharmacist. The best guidelines on implementing stewardship programs, developed by the Infectious Diseases Society of America and the Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America,6 may have contributed to this misperception by suggesting that optimal programs require dedicated time from both an ID physician and an ID‐trained pharmacist. However, many hospitals do not have ID physicians on staff, and the vast majority do not have access to an ID pharmacist who is comfortable with antimicrobial stewardship. Although these traditionally staffed programs have well‐proven benefits and are an excellent goal, they are not feasible in many hospitals. However, different types of stewardship interventions, led by a variety of health care providers and specialists, also have well‐proven benefits. Although these latter experiences are much less likely to appear in peer‐reviewed medical journals, experts in antimicrobial stewardship indicate that they often hear about very successful stewardship interventions being led by groups like general clinical pharmacists, intensivists, and hospitalists. Workshops on antimicrobial stewardship are often full of attendees who are successfully improving antimicrobial use in facilities that represent the full spectrum of US hospitals: large and small, urban and rural, teaching and nonteaching. Indeed, I prefer the term antimicrobial stewardship programs and interventions to convey that improving antimicrobial use can be done, and done well, even without the ideally staffed program.

The second myth is that the only goal of stewardship programs and interventions is to stop clinicians from using antimicrobials. This misperception has led to counterproductive attitudes toward stewardship programs and interventions in some facilities. Without question, stopping unnecessary antimicrobial use is an important aspect of stewardship interventions that has well‐established benefits for patients and hospitals. That one third to one half of all inpatient antimicrobial use might be unnecessary, combined with the growing problem of C. difficile, certainly supports the goal of reducing inappropriate antimicrobial use. However, the primary goal of stewardship is to optimize antimicrobial therapy. In many instances, this does involve stopping unneeded antimicrobials, and because stopping antibiotics has the most readily demonstrable benefits on patient and financial outcomes, interventions with this aim are the subject of nearly all published studies. However, anyone who has worked on stewardship interventions can describe numerous instances when the recommendation provided was to broaden or lengthen antimicrobial therapy. Moreover, surveys indicate that, far from viewing stewardship as an intrusion or infringement on their autonomy, clinicians appreciate and even want the assistance that these efforts provide.7

If stewardship has substantial proven benefits, can be implemented in nearly any hospital setting, and is welcomed by providers, what can be done to move toward broader implementation? I believe that engaging hospitalists more fully in stewardship efforts will be a critical step in this direction. Hospitalists already provide a substantial portion of all inpatient care in the United States, and the numbers of hospitalists are growing rapidly. Moreover, they are increasingly taking the lead in a variety of quality improvement initiatives. Hence, hospitalists are ideally positioned and well suited to move stewardship efforts forward. Some, including hospitalists, have also suggested that developing a practical stewardship implementation framework would be helpful in promoting these interventions.

This suggestion has led the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's (CDC) Get Smart for Healthcare campaign to partner with the Institute for Healthcare Improvement (IHI) and a variety of external experts (including a hospitalist) to develop such a framework using the IHI's Driver Diagram and Change Package methodology. The driver diagram seeks to identify a core set of highly influential practices that lead to a desired outcome. For optimizing antimicrobial use, the primary drivers that were identified by experts include: 1) timely and appropriate initiation of antibiotics; 2) appropriate administration and de‐escalation of therapy; 3) data monitoring and transparency (measuring and feeding back to clinicians data on antimicrobial use and resistance); and 4) improving stewardship infrastructure, knowledge, and engagement in antimicrobial stewardship efforts. Once these drivers were identified, the expert panel then identified a number of specific practices, or change concepts, that would support progress toward each driver. Now that the Driver Diagram and Change Package has been drafted, the CDC and IHI are collaborating on a pilot testing effort and are working to ensure that a substantial number of the pilot projects are led by hospitalists. Our goal is that the Driver Diagram and Change Package will be honed and refined with the help of hospitalists so that the end result will be a highly implementable set of antimicrobial stewardship interventions that can be widely applied by hospitalists around the country.

However, we need not wait for finalization of the Driver Diagram and Change Package to begin a productive collaboration on antimicrobial stewardship. In addition to the project with IHI, Get Smart for Healthcare is working to identify a variety of resources that would be useful in implementing and improving stewardship efforts. To that end, we would love to hear from any hospitalists who would like to share their experiences with stewardship interventions or who have tools (eg, order sets), ideas (eg, particularly successful intervention projects), or success stories. They can be e‐mailed to [email protected].

For now, I would like to suggest that there are 4 antibiotic quality improvement projects hospitalists would be ideally suited to lead. The first is ensuring that all antibiotic orders include a Dose, Duration, Indication. Efforts to improve antibiotic use are often hampered because the nonprescribing providers are not sure why the patient is on antibiotics. This problem is amplified when patients are transitioned from one provider to another or when multiple providers are involved. Specifying the duration and indication in all antibiotic orders will ensure that treatments continue for the right amount of time and would allow therapy to be stopped if the initially suspected infection is ruled out or altered if another infection is identified. The second improvement project is developing a process to ensure that any patient with a positive blood culture is on the appropriate therapy. This is a relatively straightforward intervention that is based on the patient's own microbiology results, and it ensures the optimal therapy of a serious infection. Third is the development of an intervention to encourage the reassessment of patients who are started on antibiotics for community‐acquired pneumonia (CAP). Several hospitalists have suggested that the pressure to initiate therapy quickly in cases of CAP often leads to overtreatment. Interventions that encourage a reexamination of the CAP diagnosis when the clinical situation has stabilized would likely reduce this overtreatment. And the fourth improvement project is ensuring that urinary tract infections (UTIs) in hospitalized patients are properly diagnosed and treated. Work done by hospitalists at the University of Michigan suggests that improving the diagnosis and treatment of UTIs would have a significant impact on improving antibiotic use.8 Currently, the CDC is collaborating with these investigators to develop protocols and tools to improve the treatment of inpatient UTIs.

The time to promote aggressive implementation of antimicrobial stewardship interventions has come. Clinicians are increasingly encountering infections for which there are very limited or, in some cases, no good treatment optionsand there are very few new antibiotics on the horizon. Many groups are advocating for expanded efforts to develop new antibiotics.9 Although this is crucial, it is just as important that we work now to aggressively improve the use of the agents we have. Not only might this extend the life of our current agents, but it will also help ensure that any new agents will enjoy longer periods of effectiveness. Indeed, failing to inextricably link the development of new antibiotics with efforts to improve antibiotic use is akin to buying a new car to drive on a road full of potholes. Fortunately, there are a number of interventions that have proven successful; we now need to determine how best to apply these interventions in more settings. We want and need the involvement of hospitalists in these efforts. Yes, improving antimicrobial stewardship will require investments, but past experience tells us that the alternative could prove far more costly.

Files
References
  1. Kollef MH.Inadequate antimicrobial treatment: an important determinant of outcome for hospitalized patients.Clin Infect Dis.2000;31:S131S138.
  2. Valiquette L,Cossette B,Garant MP, et al.Impact of a reduction in the use of high‐risk antibiotics on the course of an epidemic of Clostridium difficile‐associated disease caused by the hypervirulent NAP1/027 strain.Clin Infect Dis.2007;45(Suppl 2):S112S121.
  3. Omidvari K,De Boisblanc BP,Karam G, et al.Early transition to oral antibiotic therapy for community‐acquired pneumonia: duration of therapy, clinical outcomes, and cost analysis.Respir Med.1998;92:10321039.
  4. Bantar C,Sartori B,Vesco E, et al.A hospitalwide intervention program to optimize the quality of antibiotic use: impact on prescribing practice, antibiotic consumption, cost savings, and bacterial resistance.Clin Infect Dis.2003;37:180186.
  5. Agwu AL,Lee CK,Jain SK, et al.A World Wide Web‐based antimicrobial stewardship program improves efficiency, communication, and user satisfaction and reduces cost in a tertiary care pediatric medical center.Clin Infect Dis.2008;47:747753.
  6. Dellit TH,Owens RC,McGowan JE, et al.Infectious Diseases Society of America and the Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America guidelines for developing an institutional program to enhance antimicrobial stewardship.Clin Infect Dis.2007;44:159177.
  7. Srinivasan A,Song X,Richards A, et al.A knowledge, attitudes and beliefs survey of housestaff physicians from various specialties concerning antimicrobial use and resistance.Arch Intern Med.2004;164:14511456.
  8. Gandhi T,Flanders SA,Markovitz E, et al.Importance of urinary tract infection to antibiotic use among hospitalized patients.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.2009;30:193195.
  9. Infectious Diseases Society of America.The 10 × '20 Initiative: pursuing a global commitment to develop 10 new antibacterial drugs by 2020.Clin Infect Dis.2010;50:10811083.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 6(1)
Page Number
S31-S33
Legacy Keywords
antimicrobial stewardship, , length of stay, quality improvement
Sections
Files
Files
Article PDF
Article PDF

What if there was a quality improvement initiative that had been proven in multiple, peer‐reviewed publications to improve individual patient outcomes, reduce the overall burden of antimicrobial resistance, and save healthcare dollars? Surely such an initiative would enjoy widespread, if not uniform, adoption by health care facilities. Antimicrobial stewardship is just such an intervention. Ensuring that hospitalized patients receive the right antimicrobial, at the right dose, at the right time, and for the right duration has been shown to reduce mortality,1 reduce the risks of Clostridium difficileassociated diarrhea,2 shorten length of stay,3 reduce overall antimicrobial resistance within the facility,4 and save money.5 Yet despite these benefits, antimicrobial stewardship programs and interventions are far from the norm in US hospitals.

There are 2 important myths about antimicrobial stewardship that likely contribute substantially to the gap between the recognized benefits and implementation of stewardship interventions. Dispelling these myths is a crucial step in promoting wider adoption efforts to improve antimicrobial use. The first myth stems from the very name antimicrobial stewardship program, which has created a misperception that optimal inpatient antimicrobial use is only possible in settings with formal stewardship programs that are staffed by infectious diseases (ID) physicians and pharmacist. The best guidelines on implementing stewardship programs, developed by the Infectious Diseases Society of America and the Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America,6 may have contributed to this misperception by suggesting that optimal programs require dedicated time from both an ID physician and an ID‐trained pharmacist. However, many hospitals do not have ID physicians on staff, and the vast majority do not have access to an ID pharmacist who is comfortable with antimicrobial stewardship. Although these traditionally staffed programs have well‐proven benefits and are an excellent goal, they are not feasible in many hospitals. However, different types of stewardship interventions, led by a variety of health care providers and specialists, also have well‐proven benefits. Although these latter experiences are much less likely to appear in peer‐reviewed medical journals, experts in antimicrobial stewardship indicate that they often hear about very successful stewardship interventions being led by groups like general clinical pharmacists, intensivists, and hospitalists. Workshops on antimicrobial stewardship are often full of attendees who are successfully improving antimicrobial use in facilities that represent the full spectrum of US hospitals: large and small, urban and rural, teaching and nonteaching. Indeed, I prefer the term antimicrobial stewardship programs and interventions to convey that improving antimicrobial use can be done, and done well, even without the ideally staffed program.

The second myth is that the only goal of stewardship programs and interventions is to stop clinicians from using antimicrobials. This misperception has led to counterproductive attitudes toward stewardship programs and interventions in some facilities. Without question, stopping unnecessary antimicrobial use is an important aspect of stewardship interventions that has well‐established benefits for patients and hospitals. That one third to one half of all inpatient antimicrobial use might be unnecessary, combined with the growing problem of C. difficile, certainly supports the goal of reducing inappropriate antimicrobial use. However, the primary goal of stewardship is to optimize antimicrobial therapy. In many instances, this does involve stopping unneeded antimicrobials, and because stopping antibiotics has the most readily demonstrable benefits on patient and financial outcomes, interventions with this aim are the subject of nearly all published studies. However, anyone who has worked on stewardship interventions can describe numerous instances when the recommendation provided was to broaden or lengthen antimicrobial therapy. Moreover, surveys indicate that, far from viewing stewardship as an intrusion or infringement on their autonomy, clinicians appreciate and even want the assistance that these efforts provide.7

If stewardship has substantial proven benefits, can be implemented in nearly any hospital setting, and is welcomed by providers, what can be done to move toward broader implementation? I believe that engaging hospitalists more fully in stewardship efforts will be a critical step in this direction. Hospitalists already provide a substantial portion of all inpatient care in the United States, and the numbers of hospitalists are growing rapidly. Moreover, they are increasingly taking the lead in a variety of quality improvement initiatives. Hence, hospitalists are ideally positioned and well suited to move stewardship efforts forward. Some, including hospitalists, have also suggested that developing a practical stewardship implementation framework would be helpful in promoting these interventions.

This suggestion has led the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's (CDC) Get Smart for Healthcare campaign to partner with the Institute for Healthcare Improvement (IHI) and a variety of external experts (including a hospitalist) to develop such a framework using the IHI's Driver Diagram and Change Package methodology. The driver diagram seeks to identify a core set of highly influential practices that lead to a desired outcome. For optimizing antimicrobial use, the primary drivers that were identified by experts include: 1) timely and appropriate initiation of antibiotics; 2) appropriate administration and de‐escalation of therapy; 3) data monitoring and transparency (measuring and feeding back to clinicians data on antimicrobial use and resistance); and 4) improving stewardship infrastructure, knowledge, and engagement in antimicrobial stewardship efforts. Once these drivers were identified, the expert panel then identified a number of specific practices, or change concepts, that would support progress toward each driver. Now that the Driver Diagram and Change Package has been drafted, the CDC and IHI are collaborating on a pilot testing effort and are working to ensure that a substantial number of the pilot projects are led by hospitalists. Our goal is that the Driver Diagram and Change Package will be honed and refined with the help of hospitalists so that the end result will be a highly implementable set of antimicrobial stewardship interventions that can be widely applied by hospitalists around the country.

However, we need not wait for finalization of the Driver Diagram and Change Package to begin a productive collaboration on antimicrobial stewardship. In addition to the project with IHI, Get Smart for Healthcare is working to identify a variety of resources that would be useful in implementing and improving stewardship efforts. To that end, we would love to hear from any hospitalists who would like to share their experiences with stewardship interventions or who have tools (eg, order sets), ideas (eg, particularly successful intervention projects), or success stories. They can be e‐mailed to [email protected].

For now, I would like to suggest that there are 4 antibiotic quality improvement projects hospitalists would be ideally suited to lead. The first is ensuring that all antibiotic orders include a Dose, Duration, Indication. Efforts to improve antibiotic use are often hampered because the nonprescribing providers are not sure why the patient is on antibiotics. This problem is amplified when patients are transitioned from one provider to another or when multiple providers are involved. Specifying the duration and indication in all antibiotic orders will ensure that treatments continue for the right amount of time and would allow therapy to be stopped if the initially suspected infection is ruled out or altered if another infection is identified. The second improvement project is developing a process to ensure that any patient with a positive blood culture is on the appropriate therapy. This is a relatively straightforward intervention that is based on the patient's own microbiology results, and it ensures the optimal therapy of a serious infection. Third is the development of an intervention to encourage the reassessment of patients who are started on antibiotics for community‐acquired pneumonia (CAP). Several hospitalists have suggested that the pressure to initiate therapy quickly in cases of CAP often leads to overtreatment. Interventions that encourage a reexamination of the CAP diagnosis when the clinical situation has stabilized would likely reduce this overtreatment. And the fourth improvement project is ensuring that urinary tract infections (UTIs) in hospitalized patients are properly diagnosed and treated. Work done by hospitalists at the University of Michigan suggests that improving the diagnosis and treatment of UTIs would have a significant impact on improving antibiotic use.8 Currently, the CDC is collaborating with these investigators to develop protocols and tools to improve the treatment of inpatient UTIs.

The time to promote aggressive implementation of antimicrobial stewardship interventions has come. Clinicians are increasingly encountering infections for which there are very limited or, in some cases, no good treatment optionsand there are very few new antibiotics on the horizon. Many groups are advocating for expanded efforts to develop new antibiotics.9 Although this is crucial, it is just as important that we work now to aggressively improve the use of the agents we have. Not only might this extend the life of our current agents, but it will also help ensure that any new agents will enjoy longer periods of effectiveness. Indeed, failing to inextricably link the development of new antibiotics with efforts to improve antibiotic use is akin to buying a new car to drive on a road full of potholes. Fortunately, there are a number of interventions that have proven successful; we now need to determine how best to apply these interventions in more settings. We want and need the involvement of hospitalists in these efforts. Yes, improving antimicrobial stewardship will require investments, but past experience tells us that the alternative could prove far more costly.

What if there was a quality improvement initiative that had been proven in multiple, peer‐reviewed publications to improve individual patient outcomes, reduce the overall burden of antimicrobial resistance, and save healthcare dollars? Surely such an initiative would enjoy widespread, if not uniform, adoption by health care facilities. Antimicrobial stewardship is just such an intervention. Ensuring that hospitalized patients receive the right antimicrobial, at the right dose, at the right time, and for the right duration has been shown to reduce mortality,1 reduce the risks of Clostridium difficileassociated diarrhea,2 shorten length of stay,3 reduce overall antimicrobial resistance within the facility,4 and save money.5 Yet despite these benefits, antimicrobial stewardship programs and interventions are far from the norm in US hospitals.

There are 2 important myths about antimicrobial stewardship that likely contribute substantially to the gap between the recognized benefits and implementation of stewardship interventions. Dispelling these myths is a crucial step in promoting wider adoption efforts to improve antimicrobial use. The first myth stems from the very name antimicrobial stewardship program, which has created a misperception that optimal inpatient antimicrobial use is only possible in settings with formal stewardship programs that are staffed by infectious diseases (ID) physicians and pharmacist. The best guidelines on implementing stewardship programs, developed by the Infectious Diseases Society of America and the Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America,6 may have contributed to this misperception by suggesting that optimal programs require dedicated time from both an ID physician and an ID‐trained pharmacist. However, many hospitals do not have ID physicians on staff, and the vast majority do not have access to an ID pharmacist who is comfortable with antimicrobial stewardship. Although these traditionally staffed programs have well‐proven benefits and are an excellent goal, they are not feasible in many hospitals. However, different types of stewardship interventions, led by a variety of health care providers and specialists, also have well‐proven benefits. Although these latter experiences are much less likely to appear in peer‐reviewed medical journals, experts in antimicrobial stewardship indicate that they often hear about very successful stewardship interventions being led by groups like general clinical pharmacists, intensivists, and hospitalists. Workshops on antimicrobial stewardship are often full of attendees who are successfully improving antimicrobial use in facilities that represent the full spectrum of US hospitals: large and small, urban and rural, teaching and nonteaching. Indeed, I prefer the term antimicrobial stewardship programs and interventions to convey that improving antimicrobial use can be done, and done well, even without the ideally staffed program.

The second myth is that the only goal of stewardship programs and interventions is to stop clinicians from using antimicrobials. This misperception has led to counterproductive attitudes toward stewardship programs and interventions in some facilities. Without question, stopping unnecessary antimicrobial use is an important aspect of stewardship interventions that has well‐established benefits for patients and hospitals. That one third to one half of all inpatient antimicrobial use might be unnecessary, combined with the growing problem of C. difficile, certainly supports the goal of reducing inappropriate antimicrobial use. However, the primary goal of stewardship is to optimize antimicrobial therapy. In many instances, this does involve stopping unneeded antimicrobials, and because stopping antibiotics has the most readily demonstrable benefits on patient and financial outcomes, interventions with this aim are the subject of nearly all published studies. However, anyone who has worked on stewardship interventions can describe numerous instances when the recommendation provided was to broaden or lengthen antimicrobial therapy. Moreover, surveys indicate that, far from viewing stewardship as an intrusion or infringement on their autonomy, clinicians appreciate and even want the assistance that these efforts provide.7

If stewardship has substantial proven benefits, can be implemented in nearly any hospital setting, and is welcomed by providers, what can be done to move toward broader implementation? I believe that engaging hospitalists more fully in stewardship efforts will be a critical step in this direction. Hospitalists already provide a substantial portion of all inpatient care in the United States, and the numbers of hospitalists are growing rapidly. Moreover, they are increasingly taking the lead in a variety of quality improvement initiatives. Hence, hospitalists are ideally positioned and well suited to move stewardship efforts forward. Some, including hospitalists, have also suggested that developing a practical stewardship implementation framework would be helpful in promoting these interventions.

This suggestion has led the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention's (CDC) Get Smart for Healthcare campaign to partner with the Institute for Healthcare Improvement (IHI) and a variety of external experts (including a hospitalist) to develop such a framework using the IHI's Driver Diagram and Change Package methodology. The driver diagram seeks to identify a core set of highly influential practices that lead to a desired outcome. For optimizing antimicrobial use, the primary drivers that were identified by experts include: 1) timely and appropriate initiation of antibiotics; 2) appropriate administration and de‐escalation of therapy; 3) data monitoring and transparency (measuring and feeding back to clinicians data on antimicrobial use and resistance); and 4) improving stewardship infrastructure, knowledge, and engagement in antimicrobial stewardship efforts. Once these drivers were identified, the expert panel then identified a number of specific practices, or change concepts, that would support progress toward each driver. Now that the Driver Diagram and Change Package has been drafted, the CDC and IHI are collaborating on a pilot testing effort and are working to ensure that a substantial number of the pilot projects are led by hospitalists. Our goal is that the Driver Diagram and Change Package will be honed and refined with the help of hospitalists so that the end result will be a highly implementable set of antimicrobial stewardship interventions that can be widely applied by hospitalists around the country.

However, we need not wait for finalization of the Driver Diagram and Change Package to begin a productive collaboration on antimicrobial stewardship. In addition to the project with IHI, Get Smart for Healthcare is working to identify a variety of resources that would be useful in implementing and improving stewardship efforts. To that end, we would love to hear from any hospitalists who would like to share their experiences with stewardship interventions or who have tools (eg, order sets), ideas (eg, particularly successful intervention projects), or success stories. They can be e‐mailed to [email protected].

For now, I would like to suggest that there are 4 antibiotic quality improvement projects hospitalists would be ideally suited to lead. The first is ensuring that all antibiotic orders include a Dose, Duration, Indication. Efforts to improve antibiotic use are often hampered because the nonprescribing providers are not sure why the patient is on antibiotics. This problem is amplified when patients are transitioned from one provider to another or when multiple providers are involved. Specifying the duration and indication in all antibiotic orders will ensure that treatments continue for the right amount of time and would allow therapy to be stopped if the initially suspected infection is ruled out or altered if another infection is identified. The second improvement project is developing a process to ensure that any patient with a positive blood culture is on the appropriate therapy. This is a relatively straightforward intervention that is based on the patient's own microbiology results, and it ensures the optimal therapy of a serious infection. Third is the development of an intervention to encourage the reassessment of patients who are started on antibiotics for community‐acquired pneumonia (CAP). Several hospitalists have suggested that the pressure to initiate therapy quickly in cases of CAP often leads to overtreatment. Interventions that encourage a reexamination of the CAP diagnosis when the clinical situation has stabilized would likely reduce this overtreatment. And the fourth improvement project is ensuring that urinary tract infections (UTIs) in hospitalized patients are properly diagnosed and treated. Work done by hospitalists at the University of Michigan suggests that improving the diagnosis and treatment of UTIs would have a significant impact on improving antibiotic use.8 Currently, the CDC is collaborating with these investigators to develop protocols and tools to improve the treatment of inpatient UTIs.

The time to promote aggressive implementation of antimicrobial stewardship interventions has come. Clinicians are increasingly encountering infections for which there are very limited or, in some cases, no good treatment optionsand there are very few new antibiotics on the horizon. Many groups are advocating for expanded efforts to develop new antibiotics.9 Although this is crucial, it is just as important that we work now to aggressively improve the use of the agents we have. Not only might this extend the life of our current agents, but it will also help ensure that any new agents will enjoy longer periods of effectiveness. Indeed, failing to inextricably link the development of new antibiotics with efforts to improve antibiotic use is akin to buying a new car to drive on a road full of potholes. Fortunately, there are a number of interventions that have proven successful; we now need to determine how best to apply these interventions in more settings. We want and need the involvement of hospitalists in these efforts. Yes, improving antimicrobial stewardship will require investments, but past experience tells us that the alternative could prove far more costly.

References
  1. Kollef MH.Inadequate antimicrobial treatment: an important determinant of outcome for hospitalized patients.Clin Infect Dis.2000;31:S131S138.
  2. Valiquette L,Cossette B,Garant MP, et al.Impact of a reduction in the use of high‐risk antibiotics on the course of an epidemic of Clostridium difficile‐associated disease caused by the hypervirulent NAP1/027 strain.Clin Infect Dis.2007;45(Suppl 2):S112S121.
  3. Omidvari K,De Boisblanc BP,Karam G, et al.Early transition to oral antibiotic therapy for community‐acquired pneumonia: duration of therapy, clinical outcomes, and cost analysis.Respir Med.1998;92:10321039.
  4. Bantar C,Sartori B,Vesco E, et al.A hospitalwide intervention program to optimize the quality of antibiotic use: impact on prescribing practice, antibiotic consumption, cost savings, and bacterial resistance.Clin Infect Dis.2003;37:180186.
  5. Agwu AL,Lee CK,Jain SK, et al.A World Wide Web‐based antimicrobial stewardship program improves efficiency, communication, and user satisfaction and reduces cost in a tertiary care pediatric medical center.Clin Infect Dis.2008;47:747753.
  6. Dellit TH,Owens RC,McGowan JE, et al.Infectious Diseases Society of America and the Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America guidelines for developing an institutional program to enhance antimicrobial stewardship.Clin Infect Dis.2007;44:159177.
  7. Srinivasan A,Song X,Richards A, et al.A knowledge, attitudes and beliefs survey of housestaff physicians from various specialties concerning antimicrobial use and resistance.Arch Intern Med.2004;164:14511456.
  8. Gandhi T,Flanders SA,Markovitz E, et al.Importance of urinary tract infection to antibiotic use among hospitalized patients.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.2009;30:193195.
  9. Infectious Diseases Society of America.The 10 × '20 Initiative: pursuing a global commitment to develop 10 new antibacterial drugs by 2020.Clin Infect Dis.2010;50:10811083.
References
  1. Kollef MH.Inadequate antimicrobial treatment: an important determinant of outcome for hospitalized patients.Clin Infect Dis.2000;31:S131S138.
  2. Valiquette L,Cossette B,Garant MP, et al.Impact of a reduction in the use of high‐risk antibiotics on the course of an epidemic of Clostridium difficile‐associated disease caused by the hypervirulent NAP1/027 strain.Clin Infect Dis.2007;45(Suppl 2):S112S121.
  3. Omidvari K,De Boisblanc BP,Karam G, et al.Early transition to oral antibiotic therapy for community‐acquired pneumonia: duration of therapy, clinical outcomes, and cost analysis.Respir Med.1998;92:10321039.
  4. Bantar C,Sartori B,Vesco E, et al.A hospitalwide intervention program to optimize the quality of antibiotic use: impact on prescribing practice, antibiotic consumption, cost savings, and bacterial resistance.Clin Infect Dis.2003;37:180186.
  5. Agwu AL,Lee CK,Jain SK, et al.A World Wide Web‐based antimicrobial stewardship program improves efficiency, communication, and user satisfaction and reduces cost in a tertiary care pediatric medical center.Clin Infect Dis.2008;47:747753.
  6. Dellit TH,Owens RC,McGowan JE, et al.Infectious Diseases Society of America and the Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America guidelines for developing an institutional program to enhance antimicrobial stewardship.Clin Infect Dis.2007;44:159177.
  7. Srinivasan A,Song X,Richards A, et al.A knowledge, attitudes and beliefs survey of housestaff physicians from various specialties concerning antimicrobial use and resistance.Arch Intern Med.2004;164:14511456.
  8. Gandhi T,Flanders SA,Markovitz E, et al.Importance of urinary tract infection to antibiotic use among hospitalized patients.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.2009;30:193195.
  9. Infectious Diseases Society of America.The 10 × '20 Initiative: pursuing a global commitment to develop 10 new antibacterial drugs by 2020.Clin Infect Dis.2010;50:10811083.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 6(1)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 6(1)
Page Number
S31-S33
Page Number
S31-S33
Article Type
Display Headline
Engaging hospitalists in antimicrobial stewardship: The CDC perspective
Display Headline
Engaging hospitalists in antimicrobial stewardship: The CDC perspective
Legacy Keywords
antimicrobial stewardship, , length of stay, quality improvement
Legacy Keywords
antimicrobial stewardship, , length of stay, quality improvement
Sections
Article Source
This is a US government work.
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Division of Healthcare Quality Promotion, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd, MS A35, Atlanta, Georgia 30333
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media
Media Files

Use of Pharmacodynamic Principles to Inform β‐Lactam Dosing

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Use of pharmacodynamic principles to inform β‐lactam dosing: “S” does not always mean success

Tremendous strides have been made over the last 25 years in understanding the relationship between antimicrobial exposure and response.14 Many clinicians consider antimicrobial drug pharmacokinetics (PK) and pharmacodynamics (PD) a rather esoteric or academic topic without practical applicability or clinical utility. However, it is becoming increasingly clear, particularly as less‐susceptible pathogens emerge, that consideration of PK/PD in dose selection is essential for optimizing antimicrobial therapy and, as such, is a core component of effective antimicrobial stewardship and patient care. Antimicrobial therapy can fail if an appropriate agent is selected but the dosing regimen does not provide adequate exposure against the infecting pathogens, especially at the site of infection.5, 6

The 2007 guidelines from the Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) and Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America (SHEA) for developing institutional antimicrobial stewardship programs highlight dose optimization as one of the key strategies for enhancing antimicrobial stewardship.7 More specifically, they recommend optimizing dosing by focusing on individual patient characteristics, causative organism and site of infection, and the PK/PD characteristics of the drug. With advances in mathematical modeling (Monte Carlo simulation), it is possible to apply our understanding of PK/PD to clinical practice and design empiric regimens that have a high probability of achieving the PD target linked to effect. These mathematical modeling techniques have an array of other utilities and have become the standard methodologies for assessing the clinical viability of both experimental and approved antimicrobials.8, 9 Furthermore, the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) has recently begun to incorporate results from PK/PD analyses in determining MIC breakpoints.10 This paper provides a general overview of antimicrobial PD before demonstrating how to apply PD principles to clinical practice through the use of Monte Carlo simulation (MCS). Piperacillin/tazobactam (TZP) is used as a motivating example for this latter purpose.

Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics: Parameters and Principles

Pharmacokinetics describes the actions of the body on an administered drug, whereas PD describes the actions of the administered drug on the body. In essence, PK refers to the movement of the drug within the body, including absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion. Conversely, PD refers to the effects of the drug on the body, or its physiologic actions. A drug's PD is defined by its mechanism of action, and includes both desired and undesired effects. Typically, PK and PD work together to best define or predict the full range of effects of an administered drug on an individual patient, as described in greater detail below.

The Minimum Inhibitory Concentration

The MIC is the PD parameter most often used to describe the relationship between antimicrobial drug and physiologic activity. The MIC is defined as the lowest or minimum antimicrobial concentration that inhibits visible microbial growth in artificial medium after a fixed incubation time.10, 11 This is typically determined by placing a known quantity of bacteria (or other microorganism) into multiple test tubes, and then adding increasing concentrations of a particular antibiotic, typically in log2 dilution, into consecutive tubes. The lowest antibiotic concentration that inhibits bacterial growth is then defined as the MIC for that drug‐pathogen pairing.

While useful as a quantitative measure of drug activity or potency, the MIC is not without limitations.12 The MIC does not mimic physiologic conditions. The MIC is a static measure (fixed concentration of drug in an artificial growth medium for a fixed period of time) and is not reflective of the concentration‐time profile one would typically observe in patients; drug concentrations change throughout the dosing interval. Because the MIC only measures growth inhibition, it does not reflect the rate at which bacteria are killed, nor can it identify if a dosekill response relationship exists for a particular antibiotic‐pathogen pairing. Furthermore, the MIC only quantifies net growth over an 1824‐hour observation period. Killing and regrowth may well occur during this period, as long as the net growth is zero. Finally, the MIC does not account for the post‐antibiotic effects of antibiotics. Most antibiotics, depending on the pathogen and drug class, exhibit some persistence of bacteriostatic or bactericidal activity after the drug concentration at the target site has dropped below the MIC. This activity has been described as the post‐antibiotic effect,1315 post‐antibiotic sub‐MIC effect,1317 or post‐antibiotic leukocyte enhancement effect.18, 19

Common Pharmacodynamic Measures

Examination of PK measures of drug exposure (eg, serum/tissue concentrations) in relation to the MIC surmounts many of the limitations of the MIC and provides much better prediction of antimicrobial effect than the MIC or exposure profile alone. The 3 most common PK/PD indices (sometimes abbreviated as PD measures) used to predict drug response are: 1) the ratio of the maximal free drug concentration to the MIC (fCmax:MIC), 2) the ratio of the free area under the concentration‐time curve to the MIC (fAUC:MIC), and 3) the duration of time free drug concentrations remain above the MIC (fT>MIC).24, 20, 21 The PD parameter most predictive of outcomes varies by drug class (Table 1).20

PD Parameters by Drug Class
Antibiotic Optimal PD measure(s)
  • AUC:MIC, ratio of the area under the concentration‐time curve at 24 hours to the MIC; Cmax:MIC, ratio of the maximal drug concentration to the MIC; T > MIC, duration of time a drug concentration remains above the MIC.

  • Abbreviations: AUC, area under the curve; MIC, minimum inhibitory concentration; PD, pharmacodynamics.

Aminoglycosides Cmax:MIC; AUC:MIC
‐lactams
Penicillins T>MIC
Cephalosporins T>MIC
Carbapenems T>MIC
Monobactams T>MIC
Clindamycin AUC:MIC
Fluoroquinolones AUC:MIC, Cmax:MIC
Glycopeptides/lipopeptides
Daptomycin AUC:MIC, Cmax:MIC
Oritavancin T>MIC, Cmax:MIC
Vancomycin AUC:MIC
Linezolid AUC:MIC
Macrolides
Azithromycin AUC:MIC
Clarithromycin AUC:MIC
Telithromycin AUC:MIC
Metronidazole AUC:MIC, Cmax:MIC
Tetracyclines
Doxycycline AUC:MIC
Tigecycline AUC:MIC

Certain antibiotics exhibit concentration‐dependent bactericidal activity, while others exhibit time‐dependent activity (Table 1).24, 20 For concentration‐dependent antibiotics, a doseresponse relationship exists and the therapeutic goal is to maximize exposure at the target site. Alternatively, the activity of time‐dependent antibiotics is not dependent on the intensity of exposure but is a function of the duration of time concentrations are above the MIC during the dosing interval. For the time‐dependent antibiotics like the ‐lactams, concentrations do not have to remain above the MIC for the entire dosing interval, and the fraction of the dosing interval required for maximal bacterial effect varies for the different types of ‐lactams. Although the precise fT > MIC varies for different drugbacteria combinations, bacteriostatic effects are typically observed when the free drug concentration exceeds the MIC for 3540%, 30%, and 20% of the dosing interval for the cephalosporins, penicillins, and carbapenems, respectively. Near‐maximal bactericidal effects require 6070%, 50%, and 40% fT > MIC, respectively, for these ‐lactam classes.3, 4

It is important to note that it is the free (or unbound) fraction of drug that determines its ability to penetrate tissues and exert its microbiological effect.3, 4, 22 This was demonstrated as early as the 1940s with penicillin. There are occasionally exceptions, mostly with the therapy of gram‐positive infections. Daptomycin is one such example; protein binding is approximately 9092% (free drug 810%), but the agent behaves as if the drug is approximately 75% bound (25% free).23 Nonetheless, the guiding principle is that protein binding can have an adverse impact on the PD and microbiological activity of an antibacterial agent.

Monte Carlo Simulation

With advances in mathematical modeling, it is possible to apply our understanding of antimicrobial PD to clinical practice.12 In particular, MCS can be used to integrate PK, PD, and local microbiologic surveillance data to design antibiotic regimens that have a high probability of achieving the PD target linked to effect against the range of pathogens encountered in clinical practice. In short, MCS is a technique that incorporates the variability in PK among potential patients (between‐patient variability) when predicting antibiotic exposures, and allows calculation of the probability for obtaining a critical target exposure for the range of possible MIC values.12 If a number of volunteers or patients are given an antibiotic, there will be true variability in the observed concentration time profiles between people. For example, the peak serum concentrations and AUC0‐24h will vary between individuals. In essence, MCS is a mathematical modeling technique that simulates the dispersion or full spread of concentration‐time exposure values (eg, peak concentration, area under the curve) that would be seen in a large population after administration of a specific drug dose or regimen. Once the distribution in concentration‐time profiles is determined, the probability of achieving the PD target at each MIC value for a given MIC range (ie, probability of target attainment [PTA] profile) is ascertained.

There are several steps in the MCS process. First, a PK model for the antibiotic under study is embedded into the MCS. The mean PK parameters (eg, volume, clearance, intercompartmental transfer constant) and associated variability (variance and covariance) from the selected PK model are used to create a multivariate distribution of PK parameters. From this multivariate distribution, the MCS randomly selects a set of PK parameters, and these randomly selected PK parameters are used to simulate a concentration‐time profile for a virtual subject based on the desired antibiotic dosing regimen. This process is repeated a specified number of times (eg, 5000, 1000) to simulate the distribution of concentration‐time profiles one would expect to see in the population. Once the specified number of virtual patients has been simulated (eg, 10,000 virtual patients), the proportion of the simulated population that achieves the critical exposure target (eg, 50% fT > MIC) at each MIC value for a given MIC range can be calculated. Because the relationship between drug exposure and effect is expressed as a ratio (eg, AUC:MIC, Cmax:MIC, T:MIC), a unique drug exposure:MIC ratio and PTA exists for each unique MIC value within the distribution.12

In clinical practice, a distribution of MIC values exists for a given organism or infection. Therefore, the final step is determining the overall PTA for the distribution of organisms encountered clinically. As previously mentioned, the PTA is determined at each MIC value within a given MIC range. Because the fraction of organisms collected at each MIC value is known, the overall or weighted PTA average can be calculated by multiplying the PTA for a specific MIC and the proportion of isolates with that MIC. This product is calculated for each MIC value within the MIC distribution. The overall PTA is then calculated by summing the products (PTA at a given MIC value x proportion of isolates with that MIC value) of the MIC values encountered within the distribution.12

A key element for these simulations is the estimation of the PK parameters and their associated dispersion (variance and covariance). Pharmacokinetic data, especially for new compounds, are usually limited to data from healthy volunteer studies. Caution should be exercised when generalizing the results of volunteer studies to the population of interest. Volunteer studies are often considered as the most conservative evaluation of a new drug; volunteers are young and healthy, likely to have the highest drug clearances and shortest half lives. However, when one performs MCS, the measure of central tendency (high drug clearance, short half‐lives) is only part of the story. Because MCS are explicitly creating a distribution, it is important to understand the measure of dispersion. Secondary to the limited variation surrounding PK parameters from healthy volunteer studies, it is possible that they overestimate the PTA. Applicability to the target population must always be considered.12

Motivating Example: Piperacillin‐tazobactam

Piperacillin‐tazobactam (TZP) is an acylureido‐penicillinbeta‐lactamase inhibitor combination and is frequently used as first‐line empirical therapy for healthcare‐associated infections. Like all ‐lactams, the PD parameter most predictive of its efficacy is fT > MIC, and its activity is optimized when free drug concentrations exceed the MIC for 50% of the dosing interval (50% fT > MIC). Because it is used empirically, it is critical that the TZP regimens used in practice have a high probability of achieving 50% fT > MIC against the range of MIC values likely to be encountered in a given institution.

Since the MIC of the infecting pathogen is often not available at the start of therapy, clinicians frequently rely on the hospital antibiogram to determine the utility of an antibiotic as an empiric agent. The range of MIC values reported as susceptible in clinical practice is based on the CLSI susceptibility interpretive criteria. For TZP, Enterobacteriaceae and Acinetobacter baumannii isolates with MIC values 16 mg/L are considered susceptible. The CLSI breakpoint for Pseudomonas aeruginosa is higher and isolates with MIC values 64/4 mg/L are considered susceptible.11

It is important to recognize that these CLSI TZP susceptibility breakpoints were established prior to our current understanding of ‐lactam PD and are higher relative to other ‐lactams. It was not until sometime after the establishment of the TZP susceptibility interpretive criteria were MCS studies performed to determine the ability of the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA)‐approved TZP dosing regimens in achieving 50% fT > MIC against the range of MICs deemed susceptible by CLSI.

The first study to characterize the ability of standard TZP dosing (0.5‐hour infusion of 3.375 g every 6 hours) in achieving 50% T > MIC in its targeted population for the range of MIC values deemed susceptible by CLSI was published in 2004 by our group. Employing a population PK model derived in hospitalized patients, TZP 3.375 grams administered every 6 h provided high PTA rates for MICs of 8/4 mg/L (ie, 8 mg/L for piperacillin and 4 mg/L for tazobactam) when hospitalized‐patient data were used (Figure 1).24 In clinical situations in which the MICs are expected to be 16/4 mg/L, the results of the MCS indicate that caution should be exercised when using standard TZP dosing. More recently, DeRyke et al evaluated the PD profile of the TZP nosocomial dosing scheme (0.5‐hour infusion of 4.5 g every 6 hours). Using the same population PK model employed as our study, DeRyke and colleagues noted a slightly improved PTA profile at a MIC value of 16/4 mg/L with the TZP nosocomial pneumonia dosing scheme relative to standard dosing. However, the PTA was still suboptimal for MIC values 32/4 mg/L (Figure 1).25

Figure 1
Probability of achieving 50% fT > MIC for piperacillin/tazobactam 3.375 g administered every 6 hours as a 0.5‐hour infusion and piperacillin/tazobactam 4.5 g administered every 6 hours as a 0.5‐hour infusion (modified from Lodise, 200424 and DeRyke, 2007.25 Original magnification: 160 × 99 mm (300 × 300 DPI). Abbreviations: MIC, minimum inhibitory concentration; DPI, dots per inch.

These findings are concerning because the TZP CLSI susceptibility breakpoint for non‐lactose fermenting Gram‐negative bacteria is 64/4 mg/L.11 In essence, the conventional and nosocomial pneumonia TZP dosing schemes provide a suboptimal PD profile for a substantial portion of the MIC distribution deemed susceptible by CLSI. The clinical relevance of this is highlighted by a study by Tam and coworkers examining the efficacy of TZP in hospitalized patients with bacteremia due to P. aeruginosa (Figure 2).26 This retrospective cohort study examined 30‐day mortality among patients who received appropriate empiric therapy between 2002 and 2006. Therapy was defined as appropriate if: 1) ‐lactam treatment (in doses appropriate for renal function as recommended by the manufacturer) was started within 24 hours of blood culture collection, and 2) the isolate was found to be susceptible to the ‐lactam agent selected. The cohort was stratified by the TZP piperacillin MIC (3264 mg/L vs. 16 mg/L) and 30‐day mortality rates were compared within MIC strata between patients who received TZP or an alternative ‐lactam with activity against Pseudomonas aeruginosa. A total of 34 episodes with MICs of 32 or 64 mg/L were identified. Seven of these cases were empirically treated with TZP, while the remaining 27 received other ‐lactam agents. Forty‐nine episodes of P. aeruginosa bacteremias had MIC values 16 mg/L. Of these 49, 10 were empirically treated with TZP and the remaining 39 were treated with other ‐lactams. The results showed that the 30‐day mortality rate was significantly higher among patients treated with TZP versus control‐treated patients with isolates possessing a MIC of either 32 or 64 mg/L (86% vs. 22%, P value = 0.004), while there was no significant difference between the two treatment groups for isolates with a MIC of up to 16 mg/L (30% vs. 21%, P = 0.673). Interestingly, patients treated with a non‐TZP ‐lactam antibiotic had 30‐day mortality rates of 21%, regardless of the TZP MIC value. Collectively, these findings and the results of the TZP MCS studies highlight the importance of considering PTA data when evaluating the utility of an antibiotic dosing scheme. These data also cast uncertainty on the appropriateness of the current TZP CLSI susceptibility breakpoint in connection with the conventional dosing TZP strategies. The current CLSI interpretation of TZP susceptibility for non‐lactose‐fermenting gram‐negatives may inadvertently provide misleading guidance to clinicians for optimal patient care.

Figure 2
30‐day mortality among patients with Pseudomonas aeruginosa bacteremia (reprinted by permission from Tam et al, 2008).26 Control patients received alternative empiric therapy (in doses appropriate for renal function as recommended by the manufacturer) within 24 hours of the first positive blood culture result to which the isolate was found to be susceptible using current CLSI susceptibility breakpoints. Original magnification: 132 × 93 mm (300 × 300 DPI). Abbreviations: MIC, minimum inhibitory concentration; CLSI, Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI); DPI: dots per inch.

Dosing Strategies to Improve the Probability of Target Attainment Profile of ‐lactams

Three potential dosing strategies used to improve the PTA of a ‐lactam against the range of pathogens encountered in various clinical situations include: 1) increasing the dose, 2) increasing the dosing frequency, or 3) increasing the duration of infusion.12 Intuitively, it makes sense to simply increase the drug dose. However, as demonstrated in the aforementioned TZP MCS studies, increasing the TZP dose from 3.375 grams to 4.5 grams every 6 hours had a minimal impact on the PTA profile.24, 25 To increase fT >MIC by 1 half‐life, the dose would need to be doubled. Since most ‐lactams have a half‐life of 30 minutes to 1 hour, doubling the dose only provides an extra 30 minutes or hour above the MIC, which would not be expected to have much clinical impact. In addition, doubling the dose is not cost effective since it doubles drug acquisition costs.12, 27

Increasing the dosing frequency is a viable option and may be the optimal strategy in certain situations.12 However, it is often associated with increased drug acquisition costs (more doses per day) relative to the parent regimen and may not be a viable option from a nursing and pharmacy perspective due to increased administration and preparation time. In addition, there may be a higher potential for toxicity because a greater amount of drug is given per day.

Extending the infusion time is another ‐lactam dose optimization strategy that is becoming more commonly used in clinical practice. Administering a dose of a ‐lactam agent as an infusion longer than the conventional 0.51.0‐hour infusion duration has 2 main effects. First, it produces a lower peak concentration of the drug.24 Because the bacterial kill rate for these agents is not concentration‐dependent, this does not present a major disadvantage.3, 4, 2830 Second, the drug concentrations remain in excess of the MIC for a longer period of time. Because this is what drives antibacterial effect for ‐lactams, this will yield a more favorable PTA profile. It should also be noted that this can be done with less frequent drug dosing.27

Extending the infusion time can be accomplished by either prolonging the infusion time for a major portion of the dosing interval (prolonged infusion) or administering continuously throughout the day (continuous infusion). From a PD profiling viewpoint, the two infusion methodologies yield nearly identical PTA profiles. This was highlighted in the 2007 study by Kim et al, which compared PTA rates between intermittent (0.5 hour), prolonged (4 hours), and continuous infusions of TZP (Figure 3). In their study, the PTA curves for prolonged and continuous infusion TZP were superimposable and superior to the intermittent infusion regimen for MIC values in excess of 4 mg/L.31

Figure 3
Probability of target attainment at doubling MIC dilutions for piperacillin/tazobactam regimens containing piperacillin 16 g/day (reproduced from Kim et al, 2007).31 Original magnification: 205 × 99 mm (300 × 300 DPI). Abbreviations: MIC, minimum inhibitory concentration; DPI: dots per inch.

There are several practicalities to consider when differentiating prolonged and continuous infusion methods. The principle advantages of continuous infusion are once‐daily administration and reduced costs for labor, supplies, and administration.12, 27 The major disadvantages of continuous infusion are the need for a dedicated line for infusion (which often leads to drug compatibility issues), issues of drug stability and waste, and lack of ambulation for the patient. The need for a dedicated infusion line is particularly impractical for patients with limited intravenous access or those requiring multiple daily infusions. In addition, continuous infusion often requires insertion of a central line, which places patients at unnecessary risk of secondary catheter‐related infection.12 Continuous infusion solutions are typically prepared as 24‐hour infusions containing the total daily amount of drug. Considerable drug wastage can occur with early discontinuation of therapy; all drug within the solution needs to be wasted and cannot be reused if the order is discontinued prior to scheduled completion.

Prolonged infusion provides many of the benefits of intermittent dosing, but with the PD advantages of continuous infusion. Administration of the infusion for a prolonged time, but not continuously, obviates the need to have a dedicated intravenous line just for ‐lactam continuous infusion. It also achieves the targeted fT > MIC at a total daily dose less than standard ‐lactam dosing methods. Drug wastage is also minimized because the intermittent administration formulations are used; there is no need to prepare antibiotic solutions for 24‐hour periods. Prolonged infusion also allows the patient to be ambulatory for much of the day. The potential disadvantages of prolonged infusion relative to continuous infusion include the increased use of labor, supplies, and administration resources. Although minimized, there is still the need to schedule or time the administration of incompatible drugs.12, 27

Data Examining the Outcomes Associated With Prolonged and Continuous ‐lactam Infusions

Over the years, a number of randomized controlled trials (RCTs) and observational studies have compared outcomes between extended and intermittent ‐lactam infusions. These studies, mostly small scale in nature, involved a number of different ‐lactam antibiotics and various infectious etiologies. To ascertain if there are any clinical benefits in extending the infusion duration (prolonged and continuous), Roberts and colleagues performed a systematic review of available data on PubMed (January 1950 to November 2007), EMBASE (1966 to November 2007), and the Cochrane Controlled Trial Register (updated November 2007).32 Randomized controlled trials were meta‐analyzed, and observational studies were reviewed. Among a total of 59 potentially RCTs, 14 involving a total of 846 patients from nine countries were deemed appropriate for meta‐analysis. The use of continuous infusion of a ‐lactam antibiotic was not associated with an improvement in clinical cure (n=755 patients; odds ratio: 1.04, 95% confidence interval: 0.741.46, P = 0.83) or mortality (n=541 patients; odds ratio: 1.00, 95% confidence interval: 0.482.06, P = 1.00). In contrast, the observational studies showed that ‐lactam administration by extended or continuous infusion confers an improvement in clinical cure and this was most pronounced in critically ill patients being treated for gram‐negative bacterial infections.

There are several possible explanations for the discrepancy in results between the meta‐analysis and observational studies. First, disease severity in the studies included in the meta‐analysis was generally low, as evidenced by low mortality rates in the majority of studies. Second, a diverse group of patients and infection types were included in the RCTs, which increased the heterogeneity of the cohort analyzed. Third, a higher antibiotic dose was used in the intermittent administration group in all RCTs except one. Fourth, microbiologic and PK/PD data were not available for the majority of RCTs. Collectively, the null result from the meta‐analysis and positive data from the nonrandomized studies suggest that prolonged or continuous infusion ‐lactams is unlikely to be advantageous for all hospitalized patient populations, but may be beneficial for specific groups, such as critically ill patients with higher MIC pathogens.

The benefits of prolonged ‐lactam infusion among critically ill patients were highlighted by the study performed at Albany Medical Center Hospital.27 Based on a MCS, prolonged infusion TZP (3.375 grams administered over a 4‐hour period every 8 hours) was identified as an alternative means to the intermittent TZP dosing (3.375 grams administered over 30 minutes every 4 or 6 hours) and adopted as the standard TZP dosing scheme in February 2002. Prior to February 2002, all patients received traditional infusion TZP; after this time, all patients received prolonged infusion TZP. To evaluate the impact of the automatic dose substitution program, 14‐day mortality and hospital length of stay post‐culture collection were compared between patients who received either intermittent or prolonged TZP infusion for a TZP‐susceptible P. aeruginosa infection between 2000 and 2004.27 The study was restricted to P. aeruginosa infections for several reasons. First, patients with P. aeruginosa represented a relatively homogenous patient population; this attribute minimized confounding and increased the ability to detect differences between treatment groups according to intervention. Second, patients with P. aeruginosa infections are more dependent on antimicrobial therapy than other populations, since patients infected with P. aeruginosa are frequently critically ill and often have an impaired innate immune system.33, 34 Third, P. aeruginosa isolates typically have a higher range of MICs to TZP than other organisms, and the benefits of optimizing fT>MIC were thought to be better elucidated in this patient population.35, 36

In patients who were identified as having the greatest risk for 14‐day mortality (Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation [APACHE] II score 17), there was a significantly lower 14‐day mortality rate and a shorter median hospital LOS after culture sample collection for patients who received prolonged infusion, compared with patients who received intermittent infusion (Figure 4). No differences between prolonged infusion and intermittent infusion of TZP were observed with respect to outcome in patients at lowest risk for death (APACHE II score 17). These findings support the notion that critically ill patients who have P. aeruginosa infection are most dependent upon drug exposure for good clinical outcomes. The results also suggest that improved outcomes can be achieved by optimizing antibiotic PD in this population. Furthermore, the results highlight the importance of examining the influence of treatment within a population at greatest risk for the outcome of interest.27

Figure 4
Comparison of (A) 14 day mortality rate and (B) Median LOS of patients with APACHE II scores ≥ 17 and patients with APACHE II scores <17 who received either a prolonged (4 hours) or intermittent infusion (0.5 hour) of piperacillin/tazobactam. Abbreviations: APACHE, Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation; LOS, length of stay. aExcludes patients dying within 14 days of collection of P. aeruginosa‐positive culture sample. Comparison between patients with APACHE II score below 17 and APACHE II score of 17 or above was P < 0.05. Comparison between prolonged and intermittent infusion group was P < 0.05. (Reproduced from Lodise et al., 2007)27 233 × 124 mm (300 × 300 DPI).

In addition to potential clinical benefits, prolonged infusions can provide cost savings by minimizing the amount of drug used per day. Prolonged infusion typically achieves the targeted fT > MIC at a total daily dose less than standard ‐lactam dosing methods. For example, TZP purchases totaled $275,000 the year before conversion at Albany Medical Center Hospital. Switching to the prolonged infusion strategy reduced the total daily dose by 25%50% (by 13 doses per day) representing a savings of $68,750$135,750 in annual direct drug acquisition costs.27

Additional Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Considerations

When assessing the PK/PD of an antibiotic, it is also important to consider concentrations achieved at the site of infection. Most MCS studies have focused on free concentrations in plasma. Whereas free concentrations in plasma are often viewed as an acceptable approximation for free concentrations at the site of infection, this is not always the case. Of particular concern is in the treatment of lower respiratory tract infections. For ‐lactams, it was commonly believed that plasma and epithelial lining fluid (ELF) of the alveolar space concentrations were comparable; antibiotic concentrations in ELF are currently used to estimate the penetration of antibiotics into the respiratory tract. However, the median ELF/plasma penetration ratio for meropenem among patients with ventilator‐associated pneumonia (VAP) is only 25%.37 The only way to achieve a favorable fT > MIC PD profile at the site of infection with meropenem is to administer higher doses over prolonged periods of time (Figure 4). In light of the meropenem ELF data, data available on concentrations at the site of infection, particularly difficult‐to‐penetrate sites, such as ELF and cerebrospinal fluid, should be considered before designing dosing scheme for implementation into clinical practice.

Up to this point, this review has been focused on PD targets of clinical success. The next frontier in PK/PD is identifying antibiotic dosing schemes and drug combinations that minimize the emergence of resistance. Data available to date suggest that PD targets for resistance prevention are typically 24‐fold higher than PD targets for success. Tam et al showed that for meropenem, the PD target needed to suppress the emergence of resistance in P. aeruginosa was a Cmin:MIC ratio of 1.7.38 Further study is still needed in the area of resistance suppression but the current data suggest that obtaining the PK/PD target against the range of MIC encountered clinically is not likely with conventional ‐lactam dosing and will most likely require more intensive regimens administered over extended periods of time.38

Arguments Against Extended ‐lactam Infusions

Limited clinical trial data and lack of FDA approval are frequently cited as the major clinical barriers for implementing extended ‐lactam infusions into practice. Unfortunately, there is a relative dearth of large‐scale randomized clinical data supporting extending the infusion of ‐lactam therapy. In addition, the package inserts for the various ‐lactam antibiotics do not provide support for these prolonged infusion dosing.

While these are valid concerns, the clinical support for intermittent ‐lactam infusions is also limited. The clinical data are largely limited to complicated intra‐abdominal infections, complicated skin and soft tissue infections, complicated urinary tract infections, and community‐acquired pneumonia. None of the intermittently administered ‐lactams currently have an indication for bacteremia (except imipenem for bacterial septicemia), and there are only limited indications for hospital‐acquired pneumonia (HAP) or VAP (imipenem for lower respiratory tract infections and TZP in combination with an aminoglycoside for HAP). In addition, the clinical trials of intermittent ‐lactam infusion regimens have commonly assessed clinical response at the test‐of‐cure visit or after completion of therapy. Arguably, this is not a very clinically meaningful endpoint for the types of infections commonly encountered on a day‐to‐day basis in today's world, where mixed diagnoses and infecting pathogens are often seen. Most important, the bacteria have evolved since the early clinical trials used to obtain FDA approval, and those outdated studies do not address the resistance profiles currently observed in clinical practice.

Conclusions

Understanding exposure‐response relationships is critical when designing antibiotic dosing schemes. In the absence of therapeutic drug monitoring, MCS can be used to design antibiotic regimens that have a high probability of attaining the PD target linked to effect against the range of MICs likely to be encountered in clinical practice. When considering ‐lactam therapy for critically ill patients likely infected with high‐MIC or reduced‐susceptibility pathogens, a prolonged or continuous infusion regimen should be considered. Compared with intermittent dosing, prolonged infusion of ‐lactams is typically associated with improved PTA, as potential benefits of cost savings, and an enhanced PD profile at the site of infection.

Files
References
  1. Ambrose PG,Bhavnani SM,Ellis‐Grosse EJ,Drusano GL.Pharmacokinetic‐pharmacodynamic considerations in the design of hospital‐acquired or ventilator‐associated bacterial pneumonia studies: look before you leap!Clin Infect Dis.2010;51(Suppl 1):S103S110.
  2. Ambrose PG,Bhavnani SM,Rubino CM, et al.Pharmacokinetics‐pharmacodynamics of antimicrobial therapy: it's not just for mice anymore.Clin Infect Dis.2007;44(1):7986.
  3. Craig WA.Pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic parameters: rationale for antibacterial dosing of mice and men.Clin Infect Dis.1998;26(1):110; quiz 11–12.
  4. Drusano GL.Antimicrobial pharmacodynamics: critical interactions of ‘bug and drug’.Nat Rev Microbiol.2004;2(4):289300.
  5. Nicasio AM,Eagye KJ,Kuti EL,Nicolau DP,Kuti JL.Length of stay and hospital costs associated with a pharmacodynamic‐based clinical pathway for empiric antibiotic choice for ventilator‐associated pneumonia.Pharmacotherapy.2010;30(5):453462.
  6. Nicasio AM,Eagye KJ,Nicolau DP, et al.Pharmacodynamic‐based clinical pathway for empiric antibiotic choice in patients with ventilator‐associated pneumonia.J Crit Care.2010;25(1):6977.
  7. Dellit TH,Owens RC,McGowan JE, et al.Infectious Diseases Society of America and the Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America guidelines for developing an institutional program to enhance antimicrobial stewardship.Clin Infect Dis.2007;44(2):159177.
  8. Miller R,Ewy W,Corrigan BW, et al.How modeling and simulation have enhanced decision making in new drug development.J Pharmacokinet Pharmacodyn.2005;32(2):185197.
  9. Schmidt S,Barbour A,Sahre M,Rand KH,Derendorf H.PK/PD: new insights for antibacterial and antiviral applications.Curr Opin Pharmacol. Oct2008;8(5):549556.
  10. CLSI. Performance Standards for Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing; Twentieth Informational Supplement. CLSI document M100‐S20. Wayne, Pennsylvania: Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute; 2010.
  11. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute/NCCLS. Performance standards for Antimicrobial disc diffusion tests; Approved standards. 9th ed. CLSI Document M2‐M9. Wayne, PA: Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute; 2006.
  12. Lodise TP,Lomaestro BM,Drusano GL.Application of antimicrobial pharmacodynamic concepts into clinical practice: focus on beta‐lactam antibiotics: insights from the Society of Infectious Diseases Pharmacists.Pharmacotherapy.2006;26(9):13201332.
  13. Bustamante CI,Drusano GL,Tatem BA,Standiford HC.Postantibiotic effect of imipenem on Pseudomonas aeruginosa.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.1984;26(5):678682.
  14. Odenholt I,Lowdin E,Cars O.Postantibiotic, postantibiotic sub‐MIC, and subinhibitory effects of PGE‐9509924, ciprofloxacin, and levofloxacin.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.2003;47(10):33523356.
  15. Robertson GT,Bonventre EJ,Doyle TB, et al.In vitro evaluation of CBR‐2092, a novel rifamycin‐quinolone hybrid antibiotic: microbiology profiling studies with staphylococci and streptococci.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.2008;52(7):23242334.
  16. Cars O,Odenholt‐Tornqvist I.The post‐antibiotic sub‐MIC effect in vitro and in vivo.J Antimicrob Chemother.1993;31(Suppl D):159166.
  17. Odenholt I.Pharmacodynamic effects of subinhibitory antibiotic concentrations.Int J Antimicrob Agents.2001;17(1):18.
  18. McDonald PJ,Wetherall BL,Pruul H.Postantibiotic leukocyte enhancement: increased susceptibility of bacteria pretreated with antibiotics to activity of leukocytes.Rev Infect Dis.1981;3(1):3844.
  19. Pruul H,McDonald PJ.Enhancement of leukocyte activity against Escherichia coli after brief exposure to chloramphenicol.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.1979;16(6):695700.
  20. Adembri C,Novelli A.Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic parameters of antimicrobials: potential for providing dosing regimens that are less vulnerable to resistance.Clin Pharmacokinet.2009;48(8):517528.
  21. Scaglione F,Paraboni L.Pharmacokinetics/pharmacodynamics of antibacterials in the intensive care unit: setting appropriate dosing regimens.Int J Antimicrob Agents.2008;32(4):294301.
  22. Merrikin DJ,Briant J,Rolinson GN.Effect of protein binding on antibiotic activity in vivo.J Antimicrob Chemother.1983;11(3):233238.
  23. Tsuji BT,Bulitta JB,Kelchlin PA,Holden PN,Forrest A.Determining the active fraction of daptomycin against MRSA by evaluating bactericidal activity in the presence of protein and pharmacodynamic (PD) modeling. 49th Annual Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy.2009;A1‐1270.
  24. Lodise TP,Lomaestro B,Rodvold KA,Danziger LH,Drusano GL.Pharmacodynamic profiling of piperacillin in the presence of tazobactam in patients through the use of population pharmacokinetic models and Monte Carlo simulation.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.2004;48(12):47184724.
  25. DeRyke CA,Kuti JL,Nicolau DP.Reevaluation of current susceptibility breakpoints for Gram‐negative rods based on pharmacodynamic assessment.Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis.2007;58(3):337344.
  26. Tam VH,Gamez EA,Weston JS, et al.Outcomes of bacteremia due to Pseudomonas aeruginosa with reduced susceptibility to piperacillin‐tazobactam: implications on the appropriateness of the resistance breakpoint.Clin Infect Dis. 152008;46(6):862867.
  27. Lodise TP,Lomaestro B,Drusano GL.Piperacillin‐tazobactam for Pseudomonas aeruginosa infection: clinical implications of an extended‐infusion dosing strategy.Clin Infect Dis. 12007;44(3):357363.
  28. Craig WA,Andes D.Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of antibiotics in otitis media.Pediatr Infect Dis J.1996;15(3):255259.
  29. Craig WA.Interrelationship between pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics in determining dosage regimens for broad‐spectrum cephalosporins.Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis.1995;22(1–2):8996.
  30. Drusano GL.How does a patient maximally benefit from anti‐infective chemotherapy?Clin Infect Dis.2004;39(8):12451246.
  31. Kim A,Sutherland CA,Kuti JL,Nicolau DP.Optimal dosing of piperacillin‐tazobactam for the treatment of Pseudomonas aeruginosa infections: prolonged or continuous infusion?Pharmacotherapy.2007;27(11):14901497.
  32. Roberts JA,Webb S,Paterson D,Ho KM,Lipman J.A systematic review on clinical benefits of continuous administration of beta‐lactam antibiotics.Crit Care Med.2009;37(6):20712078.
  33. Mohr JF,Wanger A,Rex JH.Pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic modeling can help guide targeted antimicrobial therapy for nosocomial gram‐negative infections in critically ill patients.Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis.2004;48(2):125130.
  34. Micek ST,Lloyd AE,Ritchie DJ, et al.Pseudomonas aeruginosa bloodstream infection: importance of appropriate initial antimicrobial treatment.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.2005;49(4):13061311.
  35. Streit JM,Jones RN,Sader HS,Fritsche TR.Assessment of pathogen occurrences and resistance profiles among infected patients in the intensive care unit: report from the SENTRY Antimicrobial Surveillance Program (North America, 2001).Int J Antimicrob Agents.2004;24(2):111118.
  36. Rhomberg PR,Jones RN,Sader HS.Results from the Meropenem Yearly Susceptibility Test Information Collection (MYSTIC) Programme: report of the 2001 data from 15 United States medical centres.Int J Antimicrob Agents.2004;23(1):5259.
  37. Lodise TP,Sorgel F,Mason B, et al.Penetration of meropenem into epithelial lining fluid of patients with ventilator‐associated pneumonia. Presented at the 48th Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy/46th Annual Meeting of the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Washington DC,2008. Abstr 1889.
  38. Tam VH,Schilling AN,Neshat S, et al.Optimization of meropenem minimum concentration/MIC ratio to suppress in vitro resistance of Pseudomonas aeruginosa.Antimicrob Agents Chemother. In press.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 6(1)
Page Number
S16-S23
Legacy Keywords
β‐lactams, meropenem, Monte Carlo simulation, piperacillin‐tazobactam, pharmacodynamics, pharmacodynamics target attainment, population pharmacokinetic modeling
Sections
Files
Files
Article PDF
Article PDF

Tremendous strides have been made over the last 25 years in understanding the relationship between antimicrobial exposure and response.14 Many clinicians consider antimicrobial drug pharmacokinetics (PK) and pharmacodynamics (PD) a rather esoteric or academic topic without practical applicability or clinical utility. However, it is becoming increasingly clear, particularly as less‐susceptible pathogens emerge, that consideration of PK/PD in dose selection is essential for optimizing antimicrobial therapy and, as such, is a core component of effective antimicrobial stewardship and patient care. Antimicrobial therapy can fail if an appropriate agent is selected but the dosing regimen does not provide adequate exposure against the infecting pathogens, especially at the site of infection.5, 6

The 2007 guidelines from the Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) and Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America (SHEA) for developing institutional antimicrobial stewardship programs highlight dose optimization as one of the key strategies for enhancing antimicrobial stewardship.7 More specifically, they recommend optimizing dosing by focusing on individual patient characteristics, causative organism and site of infection, and the PK/PD characteristics of the drug. With advances in mathematical modeling (Monte Carlo simulation), it is possible to apply our understanding of PK/PD to clinical practice and design empiric regimens that have a high probability of achieving the PD target linked to effect. These mathematical modeling techniques have an array of other utilities and have become the standard methodologies for assessing the clinical viability of both experimental and approved antimicrobials.8, 9 Furthermore, the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) has recently begun to incorporate results from PK/PD analyses in determining MIC breakpoints.10 This paper provides a general overview of antimicrobial PD before demonstrating how to apply PD principles to clinical practice through the use of Monte Carlo simulation (MCS). Piperacillin/tazobactam (TZP) is used as a motivating example for this latter purpose.

Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics: Parameters and Principles

Pharmacokinetics describes the actions of the body on an administered drug, whereas PD describes the actions of the administered drug on the body. In essence, PK refers to the movement of the drug within the body, including absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion. Conversely, PD refers to the effects of the drug on the body, or its physiologic actions. A drug's PD is defined by its mechanism of action, and includes both desired and undesired effects. Typically, PK and PD work together to best define or predict the full range of effects of an administered drug on an individual patient, as described in greater detail below.

The Minimum Inhibitory Concentration

The MIC is the PD parameter most often used to describe the relationship between antimicrobial drug and physiologic activity. The MIC is defined as the lowest or minimum antimicrobial concentration that inhibits visible microbial growth in artificial medium after a fixed incubation time.10, 11 This is typically determined by placing a known quantity of bacteria (or other microorganism) into multiple test tubes, and then adding increasing concentrations of a particular antibiotic, typically in log2 dilution, into consecutive tubes. The lowest antibiotic concentration that inhibits bacterial growth is then defined as the MIC for that drug‐pathogen pairing.

While useful as a quantitative measure of drug activity or potency, the MIC is not without limitations.12 The MIC does not mimic physiologic conditions. The MIC is a static measure (fixed concentration of drug in an artificial growth medium for a fixed period of time) and is not reflective of the concentration‐time profile one would typically observe in patients; drug concentrations change throughout the dosing interval. Because the MIC only measures growth inhibition, it does not reflect the rate at which bacteria are killed, nor can it identify if a dosekill response relationship exists for a particular antibiotic‐pathogen pairing. Furthermore, the MIC only quantifies net growth over an 1824‐hour observation period. Killing and regrowth may well occur during this period, as long as the net growth is zero. Finally, the MIC does not account for the post‐antibiotic effects of antibiotics. Most antibiotics, depending on the pathogen and drug class, exhibit some persistence of bacteriostatic or bactericidal activity after the drug concentration at the target site has dropped below the MIC. This activity has been described as the post‐antibiotic effect,1315 post‐antibiotic sub‐MIC effect,1317 or post‐antibiotic leukocyte enhancement effect.18, 19

Common Pharmacodynamic Measures

Examination of PK measures of drug exposure (eg, serum/tissue concentrations) in relation to the MIC surmounts many of the limitations of the MIC and provides much better prediction of antimicrobial effect than the MIC or exposure profile alone. The 3 most common PK/PD indices (sometimes abbreviated as PD measures) used to predict drug response are: 1) the ratio of the maximal free drug concentration to the MIC (fCmax:MIC), 2) the ratio of the free area under the concentration‐time curve to the MIC (fAUC:MIC), and 3) the duration of time free drug concentrations remain above the MIC (fT>MIC).24, 20, 21 The PD parameter most predictive of outcomes varies by drug class (Table 1).20

PD Parameters by Drug Class
Antibiotic Optimal PD measure(s)
  • AUC:MIC, ratio of the area under the concentration‐time curve at 24 hours to the MIC; Cmax:MIC, ratio of the maximal drug concentration to the MIC; T > MIC, duration of time a drug concentration remains above the MIC.

  • Abbreviations: AUC, area under the curve; MIC, minimum inhibitory concentration; PD, pharmacodynamics.

Aminoglycosides Cmax:MIC; AUC:MIC
‐lactams
Penicillins T>MIC
Cephalosporins T>MIC
Carbapenems T>MIC
Monobactams T>MIC
Clindamycin AUC:MIC
Fluoroquinolones AUC:MIC, Cmax:MIC
Glycopeptides/lipopeptides
Daptomycin AUC:MIC, Cmax:MIC
Oritavancin T>MIC, Cmax:MIC
Vancomycin AUC:MIC
Linezolid AUC:MIC
Macrolides
Azithromycin AUC:MIC
Clarithromycin AUC:MIC
Telithromycin AUC:MIC
Metronidazole AUC:MIC, Cmax:MIC
Tetracyclines
Doxycycline AUC:MIC
Tigecycline AUC:MIC

Certain antibiotics exhibit concentration‐dependent bactericidal activity, while others exhibit time‐dependent activity (Table 1).24, 20 For concentration‐dependent antibiotics, a doseresponse relationship exists and the therapeutic goal is to maximize exposure at the target site. Alternatively, the activity of time‐dependent antibiotics is not dependent on the intensity of exposure but is a function of the duration of time concentrations are above the MIC during the dosing interval. For the time‐dependent antibiotics like the ‐lactams, concentrations do not have to remain above the MIC for the entire dosing interval, and the fraction of the dosing interval required for maximal bacterial effect varies for the different types of ‐lactams. Although the precise fT > MIC varies for different drugbacteria combinations, bacteriostatic effects are typically observed when the free drug concentration exceeds the MIC for 3540%, 30%, and 20% of the dosing interval for the cephalosporins, penicillins, and carbapenems, respectively. Near‐maximal bactericidal effects require 6070%, 50%, and 40% fT > MIC, respectively, for these ‐lactam classes.3, 4

It is important to note that it is the free (or unbound) fraction of drug that determines its ability to penetrate tissues and exert its microbiological effect.3, 4, 22 This was demonstrated as early as the 1940s with penicillin. There are occasionally exceptions, mostly with the therapy of gram‐positive infections. Daptomycin is one such example; protein binding is approximately 9092% (free drug 810%), but the agent behaves as if the drug is approximately 75% bound (25% free).23 Nonetheless, the guiding principle is that protein binding can have an adverse impact on the PD and microbiological activity of an antibacterial agent.

Monte Carlo Simulation

With advances in mathematical modeling, it is possible to apply our understanding of antimicrobial PD to clinical practice.12 In particular, MCS can be used to integrate PK, PD, and local microbiologic surveillance data to design antibiotic regimens that have a high probability of achieving the PD target linked to effect against the range of pathogens encountered in clinical practice. In short, MCS is a technique that incorporates the variability in PK among potential patients (between‐patient variability) when predicting antibiotic exposures, and allows calculation of the probability for obtaining a critical target exposure for the range of possible MIC values.12 If a number of volunteers or patients are given an antibiotic, there will be true variability in the observed concentration time profiles between people. For example, the peak serum concentrations and AUC0‐24h will vary between individuals. In essence, MCS is a mathematical modeling technique that simulates the dispersion or full spread of concentration‐time exposure values (eg, peak concentration, area under the curve) that would be seen in a large population after administration of a specific drug dose or regimen. Once the distribution in concentration‐time profiles is determined, the probability of achieving the PD target at each MIC value for a given MIC range (ie, probability of target attainment [PTA] profile) is ascertained.

There are several steps in the MCS process. First, a PK model for the antibiotic under study is embedded into the MCS. The mean PK parameters (eg, volume, clearance, intercompartmental transfer constant) and associated variability (variance and covariance) from the selected PK model are used to create a multivariate distribution of PK parameters. From this multivariate distribution, the MCS randomly selects a set of PK parameters, and these randomly selected PK parameters are used to simulate a concentration‐time profile for a virtual subject based on the desired antibiotic dosing regimen. This process is repeated a specified number of times (eg, 5000, 1000) to simulate the distribution of concentration‐time profiles one would expect to see in the population. Once the specified number of virtual patients has been simulated (eg, 10,000 virtual patients), the proportion of the simulated population that achieves the critical exposure target (eg, 50% fT > MIC) at each MIC value for a given MIC range can be calculated. Because the relationship between drug exposure and effect is expressed as a ratio (eg, AUC:MIC, Cmax:MIC, T:MIC), a unique drug exposure:MIC ratio and PTA exists for each unique MIC value within the distribution.12

In clinical practice, a distribution of MIC values exists for a given organism or infection. Therefore, the final step is determining the overall PTA for the distribution of organisms encountered clinically. As previously mentioned, the PTA is determined at each MIC value within a given MIC range. Because the fraction of organisms collected at each MIC value is known, the overall or weighted PTA average can be calculated by multiplying the PTA for a specific MIC and the proportion of isolates with that MIC. This product is calculated for each MIC value within the MIC distribution. The overall PTA is then calculated by summing the products (PTA at a given MIC value x proportion of isolates with that MIC value) of the MIC values encountered within the distribution.12

A key element for these simulations is the estimation of the PK parameters and their associated dispersion (variance and covariance). Pharmacokinetic data, especially for new compounds, are usually limited to data from healthy volunteer studies. Caution should be exercised when generalizing the results of volunteer studies to the population of interest. Volunteer studies are often considered as the most conservative evaluation of a new drug; volunteers are young and healthy, likely to have the highest drug clearances and shortest half lives. However, when one performs MCS, the measure of central tendency (high drug clearance, short half‐lives) is only part of the story. Because MCS are explicitly creating a distribution, it is important to understand the measure of dispersion. Secondary to the limited variation surrounding PK parameters from healthy volunteer studies, it is possible that they overestimate the PTA. Applicability to the target population must always be considered.12

Motivating Example: Piperacillin‐tazobactam

Piperacillin‐tazobactam (TZP) is an acylureido‐penicillinbeta‐lactamase inhibitor combination and is frequently used as first‐line empirical therapy for healthcare‐associated infections. Like all ‐lactams, the PD parameter most predictive of its efficacy is fT > MIC, and its activity is optimized when free drug concentrations exceed the MIC for 50% of the dosing interval (50% fT > MIC). Because it is used empirically, it is critical that the TZP regimens used in practice have a high probability of achieving 50% fT > MIC against the range of MIC values likely to be encountered in a given institution.

Since the MIC of the infecting pathogen is often not available at the start of therapy, clinicians frequently rely on the hospital antibiogram to determine the utility of an antibiotic as an empiric agent. The range of MIC values reported as susceptible in clinical practice is based on the CLSI susceptibility interpretive criteria. For TZP, Enterobacteriaceae and Acinetobacter baumannii isolates with MIC values 16 mg/L are considered susceptible. The CLSI breakpoint for Pseudomonas aeruginosa is higher and isolates with MIC values 64/4 mg/L are considered susceptible.11

It is important to recognize that these CLSI TZP susceptibility breakpoints were established prior to our current understanding of ‐lactam PD and are higher relative to other ‐lactams. It was not until sometime after the establishment of the TZP susceptibility interpretive criteria were MCS studies performed to determine the ability of the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA)‐approved TZP dosing regimens in achieving 50% fT > MIC against the range of MICs deemed susceptible by CLSI.

The first study to characterize the ability of standard TZP dosing (0.5‐hour infusion of 3.375 g every 6 hours) in achieving 50% T > MIC in its targeted population for the range of MIC values deemed susceptible by CLSI was published in 2004 by our group. Employing a population PK model derived in hospitalized patients, TZP 3.375 grams administered every 6 h provided high PTA rates for MICs of 8/4 mg/L (ie, 8 mg/L for piperacillin and 4 mg/L for tazobactam) when hospitalized‐patient data were used (Figure 1).24 In clinical situations in which the MICs are expected to be 16/4 mg/L, the results of the MCS indicate that caution should be exercised when using standard TZP dosing. More recently, DeRyke et al evaluated the PD profile of the TZP nosocomial dosing scheme (0.5‐hour infusion of 4.5 g every 6 hours). Using the same population PK model employed as our study, DeRyke and colleagues noted a slightly improved PTA profile at a MIC value of 16/4 mg/L with the TZP nosocomial pneumonia dosing scheme relative to standard dosing. However, the PTA was still suboptimal for MIC values 32/4 mg/L (Figure 1).25

Figure 1
Probability of achieving 50% fT > MIC for piperacillin/tazobactam 3.375 g administered every 6 hours as a 0.5‐hour infusion and piperacillin/tazobactam 4.5 g administered every 6 hours as a 0.5‐hour infusion (modified from Lodise, 200424 and DeRyke, 2007.25 Original magnification: 160 × 99 mm (300 × 300 DPI). Abbreviations: MIC, minimum inhibitory concentration; DPI, dots per inch.

These findings are concerning because the TZP CLSI susceptibility breakpoint for non‐lactose fermenting Gram‐negative bacteria is 64/4 mg/L.11 In essence, the conventional and nosocomial pneumonia TZP dosing schemes provide a suboptimal PD profile for a substantial portion of the MIC distribution deemed susceptible by CLSI. The clinical relevance of this is highlighted by a study by Tam and coworkers examining the efficacy of TZP in hospitalized patients with bacteremia due to P. aeruginosa (Figure 2).26 This retrospective cohort study examined 30‐day mortality among patients who received appropriate empiric therapy between 2002 and 2006. Therapy was defined as appropriate if: 1) ‐lactam treatment (in doses appropriate for renal function as recommended by the manufacturer) was started within 24 hours of blood culture collection, and 2) the isolate was found to be susceptible to the ‐lactam agent selected. The cohort was stratified by the TZP piperacillin MIC (3264 mg/L vs. 16 mg/L) and 30‐day mortality rates were compared within MIC strata between patients who received TZP or an alternative ‐lactam with activity against Pseudomonas aeruginosa. A total of 34 episodes with MICs of 32 or 64 mg/L were identified. Seven of these cases were empirically treated with TZP, while the remaining 27 received other ‐lactam agents. Forty‐nine episodes of P. aeruginosa bacteremias had MIC values 16 mg/L. Of these 49, 10 were empirically treated with TZP and the remaining 39 were treated with other ‐lactams. The results showed that the 30‐day mortality rate was significantly higher among patients treated with TZP versus control‐treated patients with isolates possessing a MIC of either 32 or 64 mg/L (86% vs. 22%, P value = 0.004), while there was no significant difference between the two treatment groups for isolates with a MIC of up to 16 mg/L (30% vs. 21%, P = 0.673). Interestingly, patients treated with a non‐TZP ‐lactam antibiotic had 30‐day mortality rates of 21%, regardless of the TZP MIC value. Collectively, these findings and the results of the TZP MCS studies highlight the importance of considering PTA data when evaluating the utility of an antibiotic dosing scheme. These data also cast uncertainty on the appropriateness of the current TZP CLSI susceptibility breakpoint in connection with the conventional dosing TZP strategies. The current CLSI interpretation of TZP susceptibility for non‐lactose‐fermenting gram‐negatives may inadvertently provide misleading guidance to clinicians for optimal patient care.

Figure 2
30‐day mortality among patients with Pseudomonas aeruginosa bacteremia (reprinted by permission from Tam et al, 2008).26 Control patients received alternative empiric therapy (in doses appropriate for renal function as recommended by the manufacturer) within 24 hours of the first positive blood culture result to which the isolate was found to be susceptible using current CLSI susceptibility breakpoints. Original magnification: 132 × 93 mm (300 × 300 DPI). Abbreviations: MIC, minimum inhibitory concentration; CLSI, Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI); DPI: dots per inch.

Dosing Strategies to Improve the Probability of Target Attainment Profile of ‐lactams

Three potential dosing strategies used to improve the PTA of a ‐lactam against the range of pathogens encountered in various clinical situations include: 1) increasing the dose, 2) increasing the dosing frequency, or 3) increasing the duration of infusion.12 Intuitively, it makes sense to simply increase the drug dose. However, as demonstrated in the aforementioned TZP MCS studies, increasing the TZP dose from 3.375 grams to 4.5 grams every 6 hours had a minimal impact on the PTA profile.24, 25 To increase fT >MIC by 1 half‐life, the dose would need to be doubled. Since most ‐lactams have a half‐life of 30 minutes to 1 hour, doubling the dose only provides an extra 30 minutes or hour above the MIC, which would not be expected to have much clinical impact. In addition, doubling the dose is not cost effective since it doubles drug acquisition costs.12, 27

Increasing the dosing frequency is a viable option and may be the optimal strategy in certain situations.12 However, it is often associated with increased drug acquisition costs (more doses per day) relative to the parent regimen and may not be a viable option from a nursing and pharmacy perspective due to increased administration and preparation time. In addition, there may be a higher potential for toxicity because a greater amount of drug is given per day.

Extending the infusion time is another ‐lactam dose optimization strategy that is becoming more commonly used in clinical practice. Administering a dose of a ‐lactam agent as an infusion longer than the conventional 0.51.0‐hour infusion duration has 2 main effects. First, it produces a lower peak concentration of the drug.24 Because the bacterial kill rate for these agents is not concentration‐dependent, this does not present a major disadvantage.3, 4, 2830 Second, the drug concentrations remain in excess of the MIC for a longer period of time. Because this is what drives antibacterial effect for ‐lactams, this will yield a more favorable PTA profile. It should also be noted that this can be done with less frequent drug dosing.27

Extending the infusion time can be accomplished by either prolonging the infusion time for a major portion of the dosing interval (prolonged infusion) or administering continuously throughout the day (continuous infusion). From a PD profiling viewpoint, the two infusion methodologies yield nearly identical PTA profiles. This was highlighted in the 2007 study by Kim et al, which compared PTA rates between intermittent (0.5 hour), prolonged (4 hours), and continuous infusions of TZP (Figure 3). In their study, the PTA curves for prolonged and continuous infusion TZP were superimposable and superior to the intermittent infusion regimen for MIC values in excess of 4 mg/L.31

Figure 3
Probability of target attainment at doubling MIC dilutions for piperacillin/tazobactam regimens containing piperacillin 16 g/day (reproduced from Kim et al, 2007).31 Original magnification: 205 × 99 mm (300 × 300 DPI). Abbreviations: MIC, minimum inhibitory concentration; DPI: dots per inch.

There are several practicalities to consider when differentiating prolonged and continuous infusion methods. The principle advantages of continuous infusion are once‐daily administration and reduced costs for labor, supplies, and administration.12, 27 The major disadvantages of continuous infusion are the need for a dedicated line for infusion (which often leads to drug compatibility issues), issues of drug stability and waste, and lack of ambulation for the patient. The need for a dedicated infusion line is particularly impractical for patients with limited intravenous access or those requiring multiple daily infusions. In addition, continuous infusion often requires insertion of a central line, which places patients at unnecessary risk of secondary catheter‐related infection.12 Continuous infusion solutions are typically prepared as 24‐hour infusions containing the total daily amount of drug. Considerable drug wastage can occur with early discontinuation of therapy; all drug within the solution needs to be wasted and cannot be reused if the order is discontinued prior to scheduled completion.

Prolonged infusion provides many of the benefits of intermittent dosing, but with the PD advantages of continuous infusion. Administration of the infusion for a prolonged time, but not continuously, obviates the need to have a dedicated intravenous line just for ‐lactam continuous infusion. It also achieves the targeted fT > MIC at a total daily dose less than standard ‐lactam dosing methods. Drug wastage is also minimized because the intermittent administration formulations are used; there is no need to prepare antibiotic solutions for 24‐hour periods. Prolonged infusion also allows the patient to be ambulatory for much of the day. The potential disadvantages of prolonged infusion relative to continuous infusion include the increased use of labor, supplies, and administration resources. Although minimized, there is still the need to schedule or time the administration of incompatible drugs.12, 27

Data Examining the Outcomes Associated With Prolonged and Continuous ‐lactam Infusions

Over the years, a number of randomized controlled trials (RCTs) and observational studies have compared outcomes between extended and intermittent ‐lactam infusions. These studies, mostly small scale in nature, involved a number of different ‐lactam antibiotics and various infectious etiologies. To ascertain if there are any clinical benefits in extending the infusion duration (prolonged and continuous), Roberts and colleagues performed a systematic review of available data on PubMed (January 1950 to November 2007), EMBASE (1966 to November 2007), and the Cochrane Controlled Trial Register (updated November 2007).32 Randomized controlled trials were meta‐analyzed, and observational studies were reviewed. Among a total of 59 potentially RCTs, 14 involving a total of 846 patients from nine countries were deemed appropriate for meta‐analysis. The use of continuous infusion of a ‐lactam antibiotic was not associated with an improvement in clinical cure (n=755 patients; odds ratio: 1.04, 95% confidence interval: 0.741.46, P = 0.83) or mortality (n=541 patients; odds ratio: 1.00, 95% confidence interval: 0.482.06, P = 1.00). In contrast, the observational studies showed that ‐lactam administration by extended or continuous infusion confers an improvement in clinical cure and this was most pronounced in critically ill patients being treated for gram‐negative bacterial infections.

There are several possible explanations for the discrepancy in results between the meta‐analysis and observational studies. First, disease severity in the studies included in the meta‐analysis was generally low, as evidenced by low mortality rates in the majority of studies. Second, a diverse group of patients and infection types were included in the RCTs, which increased the heterogeneity of the cohort analyzed. Third, a higher antibiotic dose was used in the intermittent administration group in all RCTs except one. Fourth, microbiologic and PK/PD data were not available for the majority of RCTs. Collectively, the null result from the meta‐analysis and positive data from the nonrandomized studies suggest that prolonged or continuous infusion ‐lactams is unlikely to be advantageous for all hospitalized patient populations, but may be beneficial for specific groups, such as critically ill patients with higher MIC pathogens.

The benefits of prolonged ‐lactam infusion among critically ill patients were highlighted by the study performed at Albany Medical Center Hospital.27 Based on a MCS, prolonged infusion TZP (3.375 grams administered over a 4‐hour period every 8 hours) was identified as an alternative means to the intermittent TZP dosing (3.375 grams administered over 30 minutes every 4 or 6 hours) and adopted as the standard TZP dosing scheme in February 2002. Prior to February 2002, all patients received traditional infusion TZP; after this time, all patients received prolonged infusion TZP. To evaluate the impact of the automatic dose substitution program, 14‐day mortality and hospital length of stay post‐culture collection were compared between patients who received either intermittent or prolonged TZP infusion for a TZP‐susceptible P. aeruginosa infection between 2000 and 2004.27 The study was restricted to P. aeruginosa infections for several reasons. First, patients with P. aeruginosa represented a relatively homogenous patient population; this attribute minimized confounding and increased the ability to detect differences between treatment groups according to intervention. Second, patients with P. aeruginosa infections are more dependent on antimicrobial therapy than other populations, since patients infected with P. aeruginosa are frequently critically ill and often have an impaired innate immune system.33, 34 Third, P. aeruginosa isolates typically have a higher range of MICs to TZP than other organisms, and the benefits of optimizing fT>MIC were thought to be better elucidated in this patient population.35, 36

In patients who were identified as having the greatest risk for 14‐day mortality (Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation [APACHE] II score 17), there was a significantly lower 14‐day mortality rate and a shorter median hospital LOS after culture sample collection for patients who received prolonged infusion, compared with patients who received intermittent infusion (Figure 4). No differences between prolonged infusion and intermittent infusion of TZP were observed with respect to outcome in patients at lowest risk for death (APACHE II score 17). These findings support the notion that critically ill patients who have P. aeruginosa infection are most dependent upon drug exposure for good clinical outcomes. The results also suggest that improved outcomes can be achieved by optimizing antibiotic PD in this population. Furthermore, the results highlight the importance of examining the influence of treatment within a population at greatest risk for the outcome of interest.27

Figure 4
Comparison of (A) 14 day mortality rate and (B) Median LOS of patients with APACHE II scores ≥ 17 and patients with APACHE II scores <17 who received either a prolonged (4 hours) or intermittent infusion (0.5 hour) of piperacillin/tazobactam. Abbreviations: APACHE, Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation; LOS, length of stay. aExcludes patients dying within 14 days of collection of P. aeruginosa‐positive culture sample. Comparison between patients with APACHE II score below 17 and APACHE II score of 17 or above was P < 0.05. Comparison between prolonged and intermittent infusion group was P < 0.05. (Reproduced from Lodise et al., 2007)27 233 × 124 mm (300 × 300 DPI).

In addition to potential clinical benefits, prolonged infusions can provide cost savings by minimizing the amount of drug used per day. Prolonged infusion typically achieves the targeted fT > MIC at a total daily dose less than standard ‐lactam dosing methods. For example, TZP purchases totaled $275,000 the year before conversion at Albany Medical Center Hospital. Switching to the prolonged infusion strategy reduced the total daily dose by 25%50% (by 13 doses per day) representing a savings of $68,750$135,750 in annual direct drug acquisition costs.27

Additional Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Considerations

When assessing the PK/PD of an antibiotic, it is also important to consider concentrations achieved at the site of infection. Most MCS studies have focused on free concentrations in plasma. Whereas free concentrations in plasma are often viewed as an acceptable approximation for free concentrations at the site of infection, this is not always the case. Of particular concern is in the treatment of lower respiratory tract infections. For ‐lactams, it was commonly believed that plasma and epithelial lining fluid (ELF) of the alveolar space concentrations were comparable; antibiotic concentrations in ELF are currently used to estimate the penetration of antibiotics into the respiratory tract. However, the median ELF/plasma penetration ratio for meropenem among patients with ventilator‐associated pneumonia (VAP) is only 25%.37 The only way to achieve a favorable fT > MIC PD profile at the site of infection with meropenem is to administer higher doses over prolonged periods of time (Figure 4). In light of the meropenem ELF data, data available on concentrations at the site of infection, particularly difficult‐to‐penetrate sites, such as ELF and cerebrospinal fluid, should be considered before designing dosing scheme for implementation into clinical practice.

Up to this point, this review has been focused on PD targets of clinical success. The next frontier in PK/PD is identifying antibiotic dosing schemes and drug combinations that minimize the emergence of resistance. Data available to date suggest that PD targets for resistance prevention are typically 24‐fold higher than PD targets for success. Tam et al showed that for meropenem, the PD target needed to suppress the emergence of resistance in P. aeruginosa was a Cmin:MIC ratio of 1.7.38 Further study is still needed in the area of resistance suppression but the current data suggest that obtaining the PK/PD target against the range of MIC encountered clinically is not likely with conventional ‐lactam dosing and will most likely require more intensive regimens administered over extended periods of time.38

Arguments Against Extended ‐lactam Infusions

Limited clinical trial data and lack of FDA approval are frequently cited as the major clinical barriers for implementing extended ‐lactam infusions into practice. Unfortunately, there is a relative dearth of large‐scale randomized clinical data supporting extending the infusion of ‐lactam therapy. In addition, the package inserts for the various ‐lactam antibiotics do not provide support for these prolonged infusion dosing.

While these are valid concerns, the clinical support for intermittent ‐lactam infusions is also limited. The clinical data are largely limited to complicated intra‐abdominal infections, complicated skin and soft tissue infections, complicated urinary tract infections, and community‐acquired pneumonia. None of the intermittently administered ‐lactams currently have an indication for bacteremia (except imipenem for bacterial septicemia), and there are only limited indications for hospital‐acquired pneumonia (HAP) or VAP (imipenem for lower respiratory tract infections and TZP in combination with an aminoglycoside for HAP). In addition, the clinical trials of intermittent ‐lactam infusion regimens have commonly assessed clinical response at the test‐of‐cure visit or after completion of therapy. Arguably, this is not a very clinically meaningful endpoint for the types of infections commonly encountered on a day‐to‐day basis in today's world, where mixed diagnoses and infecting pathogens are often seen. Most important, the bacteria have evolved since the early clinical trials used to obtain FDA approval, and those outdated studies do not address the resistance profiles currently observed in clinical practice.

Conclusions

Understanding exposure‐response relationships is critical when designing antibiotic dosing schemes. In the absence of therapeutic drug monitoring, MCS can be used to design antibiotic regimens that have a high probability of attaining the PD target linked to effect against the range of MICs likely to be encountered in clinical practice. When considering ‐lactam therapy for critically ill patients likely infected with high‐MIC or reduced‐susceptibility pathogens, a prolonged or continuous infusion regimen should be considered. Compared with intermittent dosing, prolonged infusion of ‐lactams is typically associated with improved PTA, as potential benefits of cost savings, and an enhanced PD profile at the site of infection.

Tremendous strides have been made over the last 25 years in understanding the relationship between antimicrobial exposure and response.14 Many clinicians consider antimicrobial drug pharmacokinetics (PK) and pharmacodynamics (PD) a rather esoteric or academic topic without practical applicability or clinical utility. However, it is becoming increasingly clear, particularly as less‐susceptible pathogens emerge, that consideration of PK/PD in dose selection is essential for optimizing antimicrobial therapy and, as such, is a core component of effective antimicrobial stewardship and patient care. Antimicrobial therapy can fail if an appropriate agent is selected but the dosing regimen does not provide adequate exposure against the infecting pathogens, especially at the site of infection.5, 6

The 2007 guidelines from the Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) and Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America (SHEA) for developing institutional antimicrobial stewardship programs highlight dose optimization as one of the key strategies for enhancing antimicrobial stewardship.7 More specifically, they recommend optimizing dosing by focusing on individual patient characteristics, causative organism and site of infection, and the PK/PD characteristics of the drug. With advances in mathematical modeling (Monte Carlo simulation), it is possible to apply our understanding of PK/PD to clinical practice and design empiric regimens that have a high probability of achieving the PD target linked to effect. These mathematical modeling techniques have an array of other utilities and have become the standard methodologies for assessing the clinical viability of both experimental and approved antimicrobials.8, 9 Furthermore, the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) has recently begun to incorporate results from PK/PD analyses in determining MIC breakpoints.10 This paper provides a general overview of antimicrobial PD before demonstrating how to apply PD principles to clinical practice through the use of Monte Carlo simulation (MCS). Piperacillin/tazobactam (TZP) is used as a motivating example for this latter purpose.

Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics: Parameters and Principles

Pharmacokinetics describes the actions of the body on an administered drug, whereas PD describes the actions of the administered drug on the body. In essence, PK refers to the movement of the drug within the body, including absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion. Conversely, PD refers to the effects of the drug on the body, or its physiologic actions. A drug's PD is defined by its mechanism of action, and includes both desired and undesired effects. Typically, PK and PD work together to best define or predict the full range of effects of an administered drug on an individual patient, as described in greater detail below.

The Minimum Inhibitory Concentration

The MIC is the PD parameter most often used to describe the relationship between antimicrobial drug and physiologic activity. The MIC is defined as the lowest or minimum antimicrobial concentration that inhibits visible microbial growth in artificial medium after a fixed incubation time.10, 11 This is typically determined by placing a known quantity of bacteria (or other microorganism) into multiple test tubes, and then adding increasing concentrations of a particular antibiotic, typically in log2 dilution, into consecutive tubes. The lowest antibiotic concentration that inhibits bacterial growth is then defined as the MIC for that drug‐pathogen pairing.

While useful as a quantitative measure of drug activity or potency, the MIC is not without limitations.12 The MIC does not mimic physiologic conditions. The MIC is a static measure (fixed concentration of drug in an artificial growth medium for a fixed period of time) and is not reflective of the concentration‐time profile one would typically observe in patients; drug concentrations change throughout the dosing interval. Because the MIC only measures growth inhibition, it does not reflect the rate at which bacteria are killed, nor can it identify if a dosekill response relationship exists for a particular antibiotic‐pathogen pairing. Furthermore, the MIC only quantifies net growth over an 1824‐hour observation period. Killing and regrowth may well occur during this period, as long as the net growth is zero. Finally, the MIC does not account for the post‐antibiotic effects of antibiotics. Most antibiotics, depending on the pathogen and drug class, exhibit some persistence of bacteriostatic or bactericidal activity after the drug concentration at the target site has dropped below the MIC. This activity has been described as the post‐antibiotic effect,1315 post‐antibiotic sub‐MIC effect,1317 or post‐antibiotic leukocyte enhancement effect.18, 19

Common Pharmacodynamic Measures

Examination of PK measures of drug exposure (eg, serum/tissue concentrations) in relation to the MIC surmounts many of the limitations of the MIC and provides much better prediction of antimicrobial effect than the MIC or exposure profile alone. The 3 most common PK/PD indices (sometimes abbreviated as PD measures) used to predict drug response are: 1) the ratio of the maximal free drug concentration to the MIC (fCmax:MIC), 2) the ratio of the free area under the concentration‐time curve to the MIC (fAUC:MIC), and 3) the duration of time free drug concentrations remain above the MIC (fT>MIC).24, 20, 21 The PD parameter most predictive of outcomes varies by drug class (Table 1).20

PD Parameters by Drug Class
Antibiotic Optimal PD measure(s)
  • AUC:MIC, ratio of the area under the concentration‐time curve at 24 hours to the MIC; Cmax:MIC, ratio of the maximal drug concentration to the MIC; T > MIC, duration of time a drug concentration remains above the MIC.

  • Abbreviations: AUC, area under the curve; MIC, minimum inhibitory concentration; PD, pharmacodynamics.

Aminoglycosides Cmax:MIC; AUC:MIC
‐lactams
Penicillins T>MIC
Cephalosporins T>MIC
Carbapenems T>MIC
Monobactams T>MIC
Clindamycin AUC:MIC
Fluoroquinolones AUC:MIC, Cmax:MIC
Glycopeptides/lipopeptides
Daptomycin AUC:MIC, Cmax:MIC
Oritavancin T>MIC, Cmax:MIC
Vancomycin AUC:MIC
Linezolid AUC:MIC
Macrolides
Azithromycin AUC:MIC
Clarithromycin AUC:MIC
Telithromycin AUC:MIC
Metronidazole AUC:MIC, Cmax:MIC
Tetracyclines
Doxycycline AUC:MIC
Tigecycline AUC:MIC

Certain antibiotics exhibit concentration‐dependent bactericidal activity, while others exhibit time‐dependent activity (Table 1).24, 20 For concentration‐dependent antibiotics, a doseresponse relationship exists and the therapeutic goal is to maximize exposure at the target site. Alternatively, the activity of time‐dependent antibiotics is not dependent on the intensity of exposure but is a function of the duration of time concentrations are above the MIC during the dosing interval. For the time‐dependent antibiotics like the ‐lactams, concentrations do not have to remain above the MIC for the entire dosing interval, and the fraction of the dosing interval required for maximal bacterial effect varies for the different types of ‐lactams. Although the precise fT > MIC varies for different drugbacteria combinations, bacteriostatic effects are typically observed when the free drug concentration exceeds the MIC for 3540%, 30%, and 20% of the dosing interval for the cephalosporins, penicillins, and carbapenems, respectively. Near‐maximal bactericidal effects require 6070%, 50%, and 40% fT > MIC, respectively, for these ‐lactam classes.3, 4

It is important to note that it is the free (or unbound) fraction of drug that determines its ability to penetrate tissues and exert its microbiological effect.3, 4, 22 This was demonstrated as early as the 1940s with penicillin. There are occasionally exceptions, mostly with the therapy of gram‐positive infections. Daptomycin is one such example; protein binding is approximately 9092% (free drug 810%), but the agent behaves as if the drug is approximately 75% bound (25% free).23 Nonetheless, the guiding principle is that protein binding can have an adverse impact on the PD and microbiological activity of an antibacterial agent.

Monte Carlo Simulation

With advances in mathematical modeling, it is possible to apply our understanding of antimicrobial PD to clinical practice.12 In particular, MCS can be used to integrate PK, PD, and local microbiologic surveillance data to design antibiotic regimens that have a high probability of achieving the PD target linked to effect against the range of pathogens encountered in clinical practice. In short, MCS is a technique that incorporates the variability in PK among potential patients (between‐patient variability) when predicting antibiotic exposures, and allows calculation of the probability for obtaining a critical target exposure for the range of possible MIC values.12 If a number of volunteers or patients are given an antibiotic, there will be true variability in the observed concentration time profiles between people. For example, the peak serum concentrations and AUC0‐24h will vary between individuals. In essence, MCS is a mathematical modeling technique that simulates the dispersion or full spread of concentration‐time exposure values (eg, peak concentration, area under the curve) that would be seen in a large population after administration of a specific drug dose or regimen. Once the distribution in concentration‐time profiles is determined, the probability of achieving the PD target at each MIC value for a given MIC range (ie, probability of target attainment [PTA] profile) is ascertained.

There are several steps in the MCS process. First, a PK model for the antibiotic under study is embedded into the MCS. The mean PK parameters (eg, volume, clearance, intercompartmental transfer constant) and associated variability (variance and covariance) from the selected PK model are used to create a multivariate distribution of PK parameters. From this multivariate distribution, the MCS randomly selects a set of PK parameters, and these randomly selected PK parameters are used to simulate a concentration‐time profile for a virtual subject based on the desired antibiotic dosing regimen. This process is repeated a specified number of times (eg, 5000, 1000) to simulate the distribution of concentration‐time profiles one would expect to see in the population. Once the specified number of virtual patients has been simulated (eg, 10,000 virtual patients), the proportion of the simulated population that achieves the critical exposure target (eg, 50% fT > MIC) at each MIC value for a given MIC range can be calculated. Because the relationship between drug exposure and effect is expressed as a ratio (eg, AUC:MIC, Cmax:MIC, T:MIC), a unique drug exposure:MIC ratio and PTA exists for each unique MIC value within the distribution.12

In clinical practice, a distribution of MIC values exists for a given organism or infection. Therefore, the final step is determining the overall PTA for the distribution of organisms encountered clinically. As previously mentioned, the PTA is determined at each MIC value within a given MIC range. Because the fraction of organisms collected at each MIC value is known, the overall or weighted PTA average can be calculated by multiplying the PTA for a specific MIC and the proportion of isolates with that MIC. This product is calculated for each MIC value within the MIC distribution. The overall PTA is then calculated by summing the products (PTA at a given MIC value x proportion of isolates with that MIC value) of the MIC values encountered within the distribution.12

A key element for these simulations is the estimation of the PK parameters and their associated dispersion (variance and covariance). Pharmacokinetic data, especially for new compounds, are usually limited to data from healthy volunteer studies. Caution should be exercised when generalizing the results of volunteer studies to the population of interest. Volunteer studies are often considered as the most conservative evaluation of a new drug; volunteers are young and healthy, likely to have the highest drug clearances and shortest half lives. However, when one performs MCS, the measure of central tendency (high drug clearance, short half‐lives) is only part of the story. Because MCS are explicitly creating a distribution, it is important to understand the measure of dispersion. Secondary to the limited variation surrounding PK parameters from healthy volunteer studies, it is possible that they overestimate the PTA. Applicability to the target population must always be considered.12

Motivating Example: Piperacillin‐tazobactam

Piperacillin‐tazobactam (TZP) is an acylureido‐penicillinbeta‐lactamase inhibitor combination and is frequently used as first‐line empirical therapy for healthcare‐associated infections. Like all ‐lactams, the PD parameter most predictive of its efficacy is fT > MIC, and its activity is optimized when free drug concentrations exceed the MIC for 50% of the dosing interval (50% fT > MIC). Because it is used empirically, it is critical that the TZP regimens used in practice have a high probability of achieving 50% fT > MIC against the range of MIC values likely to be encountered in a given institution.

Since the MIC of the infecting pathogen is often not available at the start of therapy, clinicians frequently rely on the hospital antibiogram to determine the utility of an antibiotic as an empiric agent. The range of MIC values reported as susceptible in clinical practice is based on the CLSI susceptibility interpretive criteria. For TZP, Enterobacteriaceae and Acinetobacter baumannii isolates with MIC values 16 mg/L are considered susceptible. The CLSI breakpoint for Pseudomonas aeruginosa is higher and isolates with MIC values 64/4 mg/L are considered susceptible.11

It is important to recognize that these CLSI TZP susceptibility breakpoints were established prior to our current understanding of ‐lactam PD and are higher relative to other ‐lactams. It was not until sometime after the establishment of the TZP susceptibility interpretive criteria were MCS studies performed to determine the ability of the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA)‐approved TZP dosing regimens in achieving 50% fT > MIC against the range of MICs deemed susceptible by CLSI.

The first study to characterize the ability of standard TZP dosing (0.5‐hour infusion of 3.375 g every 6 hours) in achieving 50% T > MIC in its targeted population for the range of MIC values deemed susceptible by CLSI was published in 2004 by our group. Employing a population PK model derived in hospitalized patients, TZP 3.375 grams administered every 6 h provided high PTA rates for MICs of 8/4 mg/L (ie, 8 mg/L for piperacillin and 4 mg/L for tazobactam) when hospitalized‐patient data were used (Figure 1).24 In clinical situations in which the MICs are expected to be 16/4 mg/L, the results of the MCS indicate that caution should be exercised when using standard TZP dosing. More recently, DeRyke et al evaluated the PD profile of the TZP nosocomial dosing scheme (0.5‐hour infusion of 4.5 g every 6 hours). Using the same population PK model employed as our study, DeRyke and colleagues noted a slightly improved PTA profile at a MIC value of 16/4 mg/L with the TZP nosocomial pneumonia dosing scheme relative to standard dosing. However, the PTA was still suboptimal for MIC values 32/4 mg/L (Figure 1).25

Figure 1
Probability of achieving 50% fT > MIC for piperacillin/tazobactam 3.375 g administered every 6 hours as a 0.5‐hour infusion and piperacillin/tazobactam 4.5 g administered every 6 hours as a 0.5‐hour infusion (modified from Lodise, 200424 and DeRyke, 2007.25 Original magnification: 160 × 99 mm (300 × 300 DPI). Abbreviations: MIC, minimum inhibitory concentration; DPI, dots per inch.

These findings are concerning because the TZP CLSI susceptibility breakpoint for non‐lactose fermenting Gram‐negative bacteria is 64/4 mg/L.11 In essence, the conventional and nosocomial pneumonia TZP dosing schemes provide a suboptimal PD profile for a substantial portion of the MIC distribution deemed susceptible by CLSI. The clinical relevance of this is highlighted by a study by Tam and coworkers examining the efficacy of TZP in hospitalized patients with bacteremia due to P. aeruginosa (Figure 2).26 This retrospective cohort study examined 30‐day mortality among patients who received appropriate empiric therapy between 2002 and 2006. Therapy was defined as appropriate if: 1) ‐lactam treatment (in doses appropriate for renal function as recommended by the manufacturer) was started within 24 hours of blood culture collection, and 2) the isolate was found to be susceptible to the ‐lactam agent selected. The cohort was stratified by the TZP piperacillin MIC (3264 mg/L vs. 16 mg/L) and 30‐day mortality rates were compared within MIC strata between patients who received TZP or an alternative ‐lactam with activity against Pseudomonas aeruginosa. A total of 34 episodes with MICs of 32 or 64 mg/L were identified. Seven of these cases were empirically treated with TZP, while the remaining 27 received other ‐lactam agents. Forty‐nine episodes of P. aeruginosa bacteremias had MIC values 16 mg/L. Of these 49, 10 were empirically treated with TZP and the remaining 39 were treated with other ‐lactams. The results showed that the 30‐day mortality rate was significantly higher among patients treated with TZP versus control‐treated patients with isolates possessing a MIC of either 32 or 64 mg/L (86% vs. 22%, P value = 0.004), while there was no significant difference between the two treatment groups for isolates with a MIC of up to 16 mg/L (30% vs. 21%, P = 0.673). Interestingly, patients treated with a non‐TZP ‐lactam antibiotic had 30‐day mortality rates of 21%, regardless of the TZP MIC value. Collectively, these findings and the results of the TZP MCS studies highlight the importance of considering PTA data when evaluating the utility of an antibiotic dosing scheme. These data also cast uncertainty on the appropriateness of the current TZP CLSI susceptibility breakpoint in connection with the conventional dosing TZP strategies. The current CLSI interpretation of TZP susceptibility for non‐lactose‐fermenting gram‐negatives may inadvertently provide misleading guidance to clinicians for optimal patient care.

Figure 2
30‐day mortality among patients with Pseudomonas aeruginosa bacteremia (reprinted by permission from Tam et al, 2008).26 Control patients received alternative empiric therapy (in doses appropriate for renal function as recommended by the manufacturer) within 24 hours of the first positive blood culture result to which the isolate was found to be susceptible using current CLSI susceptibility breakpoints. Original magnification: 132 × 93 mm (300 × 300 DPI). Abbreviations: MIC, minimum inhibitory concentration; CLSI, Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI); DPI: dots per inch.

Dosing Strategies to Improve the Probability of Target Attainment Profile of ‐lactams

Three potential dosing strategies used to improve the PTA of a ‐lactam against the range of pathogens encountered in various clinical situations include: 1) increasing the dose, 2) increasing the dosing frequency, or 3) increasing the duration of infusion.12 Intuitively, it makes sense to simply increase the drug dose. However, as demonstrated in the aforementioned TZP MCS studies, increasing the TZP dose from 3.375 grams to 4.5 grams every 6 hours had a minimal impact on the PTA profile.24, 25 To increase fT >MIC by 1 half‐life, the dose would need to be doubled. Since most ‐lactams have a half‐life of 30 minutes to 1 hour, doubling the dose only provides an extra 30 minutes or hour above the MIC, which would not be expected to have much clinical impact. In addition, doubling the dose is not cost effective since it doubles drug acquisition costs.12, 27

Increasing the dosing frequency is a viable option and may be the optimal strategy in certain situations.12 However, it is often associated with increased drug acquisition costs (more doses per day) relative to the parent regimen and may not be a viable option from a nursing and pharmacy perspective due to increased administration and preparation time. In addition, there may be a higher potential for toxicity because a greater amount of drug is given per day.

Extending the infusion time is another ‐lactam dose optimization strategy that is becoming more commonly used in clinical practice. Administering a dose of a ‐lactam agent as an infusion longer than the conventional 0.51.0‐hour infusion duration has 2 main effects. First, it produces a lower peak concentration of the drug.24 Because the bacterial kill rate for these agents is not concentration‐dependent, this does not present a major disadvantage.3, 4, 2830 Second, the drug concentrations remain in excess of the MIC for a longer period of time. Because this is what drives antibacterial effect for ‐lactams, this will yield a more favorable PTA profile. It should also be noted that this can be done with less frequent drug dosing.27

Extending the infusion time can be accomplished by either prolonging the infusion time for a major portion of the dosing interval (prolonged infusion) or administering continuously throughout the day (continuous infusion). From a PD profiling viewpoint, the two infusion methodologies yield nearly identical PTA profiles. This was highlighted in the 2007 study by Kim et al, which compared PTA rates between intermittent (0.5 hour), prolonged (4 hours), and continuous infusions of TZP (Figure 3). In their study, the PTA curves for prolonged and continuous infusion TZP were superimposable and superior to the intermittent infusion regimen for MIC values in excess of 4 mg/L.31

Figure 3
Probability of target attainment at doubling MIC dilutions for piperacillin/tazobactam regimens containing piperacillin 16 g/day (reproduced from Kim et al, 2007).31 Original magnification: 205 × 99 mm (300 × 300 DPI). Abbreviations: MIC, minimum inhibitory concentration; DPI: dots per inch.

There are several practicalities to consider when differentiating prolonged and continuous infusion methods. The principle advantages of continuous infusion are once‐daily administration and reduced costs for labor, supplies, and administration.12, 27 The major disadvantages of continuous infusion are the need for a dedicated line for infusion (which often leads to drug compatibility issues), issues of drug stability and waste, and lack of ambulation for the patient. The need for a dedicated infusion line is particularly impractical for patients with limited intravenous access or those requiring multiple daily infusions. In addition, continuous infusion often requires insertion of a central line, which places patients at unnecessary risk of secondary catheter‐related infection.12 Continuous infusion solutions are typically prepared as 24‐hour infusions containing the total daily amount of drug. Considerable drug wastage can occur with early discontinuation of therapy; all drug within the solution needs to be wasted and cannot be reused if the order is discontinued prior to scheduled completion.

Prolonged infusion provides many of the benefits of intermittent dosing, but with the PD advantages of continuous infusion. Administration of the infusion for a prolonged time, but not continuously, obviates the need to have a dedicated intravenous line just for ‐lactam continuous infusion. It also achieves the targeted fT > MIC at a total daily dose less than standard ‐lactam dosing methods. Drug wastage is also minimized because the intermittent administration formulations are used; there is no need to prepare antibiotic solutions for 24‐hour periods. Prolonged infusion also allows the patient to be ambulatory for much of the day. The potential disadvantages of prolonged infusion relative to continuous infusion include the increased use of labor, supplies, and administration resources. Although minimized, there is still the need to schedule or time the administration of incompatible drugs.12, 27

Data Examining the Outcomes Associated With Prolonged and Continuous ‐lactam Infusions

Over the years, a number of randomized controlled trials (RCTs) and observational studies have compared outcomes between extended and intermittent ‐lactam infusions. These studies, mostly small scale in nature, involved a number of different ‐lactam antibiotics and various infectious etiologies. To ascertain if there are any clinical benefits in extending the infusion duration (prolonged and continuous), Roberts and colleagues performed a systematic review of available data on PubMed (January 1950 to November 2007), EMBASE (1966 to November 2007), and the Cochrane Controlled Trial Register (updated November 2007).32 Randomized controlled trials were meta‐analyzed, and observational studies were reviewed. Among a total of 59 potentially RCTs, 14 involving a total of 846 patients from nine countries were deemed appropriate for meta‐analysis. The use of continuous infusion of a ‐lactam antibiotic was not associated with an improvement in clinical cure (n=755 patients; odds ratio: 1.04, 95% confidence interval: 0.741.46, P = 0.83) or mortality (n=541 patients; odds ratio: 1.00, 95% confidence interval: 0.482.06, P = 1.00). In contrast, the observational studies showed that ‐lactam administration by extended or continuous infusion confers an improvement in clinical cure and this was most pronounced in critically ill patients being treated for gram‐negative bacterial infections.

There are several possible explanations for the discrepancy in results between the meta‐analysis and observational studies. First, disease severity in the studies included in the meta‐analysis was generally low, as evidenced by low mortality rates in the majority of studies. Second, a diverse group of patients and infection types were included in the RCTs, which increased the heterogeneity of the cohort analyzed. Third, a higher antibiotic dose was used in the intermittent administration group in all RCTs except one. Fourth, microbiologic and PK/PD data were not available for the majority of RCTs. Collectively, the null result from the meta‐analysis and positive data from the nonrandomized studies suggest that prolonged or continuous infusion ‐lactams is unlikely to be advantageous for all hospitalized patient populations, but may be beneficial for specific groups, such as critically ill patients with higher MIC pathogens.

The benefits of prolonged ‐lactam infusion among critically ill patients were highlighted by the study performed at Albany Medical Center Hospital.27 Based on a MCS, prolonged infusion TZP (3.375 grams administered over a 4‐hour period every 8 hours) was identified as an alternative means to the intermittent TZP dosing (3.375 grams administered over 30 minutes every 4 or 6 hours) and adopted as the standard TZP dosing scheme in February 2002. Prior to February 2002, all patients received traditional infusion TZP; after this time, all patients received prolonged infusion TZP. To evaluate the impact of the automatic dose substitution program, 14‐day mortality and hospital length of stay post‐culture collection were compared between patients who received either intermittent or prolonged TZP infusion for a TZP‐susceptible P. aeruginosa infection between 2000 and 2004.27 The study was restricted to P. aeruginosa infections for several reasons. First, patients with P. aeruginosa represented a relatively homogenous patient population; this attribute minimized confounding and increased the ability to detect differences between treatment groups according to intervention. Second, patients with P. aeruginosa infections are more dependent on antimicrobial therapy than other populations, since patients infected with P. aeruginosa are frequently critically ill and often have an impaired innate immune system.33, 34 Third, P. aeruginosa isolates typically have a higher range of MICs to TZP than other organisms, and the benefits of optimizing fT>MIC were thought to be better elucidated in this patient population.35, 36

In patients who were identified as having the greatest risk for 14‐day mortality (Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation [APACHE] II score 17), there was a significantly lower 14‐day mortality rate and a shorter median hospital LOS after culture sample collection for patients who received prolonged infusion, compared with patients who received intermittent infusion (Figure 4). No differences between prolonged infusion and intermittent infusion of TZP were observed with respect to outcome in patients at lowest risk for death (APACHE II score 17). These findings support the notion that critically ill patients who have P. aeruginosa infection are most dependent upon drug exposure for good clinical outcomes. The results also suggest that improved outcomes can be achieved by optimizing antibiotic PD in this population. Furthermore, the results highlight the importance of examining the influence of treatment within a population at greatest risk for the outcome of interest.27

Figure 4
Comparison of (A) 14 day mortality rate and (B) Median LOS of patients with APACHE II scores ≥ 17 and patients with APACHE II scores <17 who received either a prolonged (4 hours) or intermittent infusion (0.5 hour) of piperacillin/tazobactam. Abbreviations: APACHE, Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation; LOS, length of stay. aExcludes patients dying within 14 days of collection of P. aeruginosa‐positive culture sample. Comparison between patients with APACHE II score below 17 and APACHE II score of 17 or above was P < 0.05. Comparison between prolonged and intermittent infusion group was P < 0.05. (Reproduced from Lodise et al., 2007)27 233 × 124 mm (300 × 300 DPI).

In addition to potential clinical benefits, prolonged infusions can provide cost savings by minimizing the amount of drug used per day. Prolonged infusion typically achieves the targeted fT > MIC at a total daily dose less than standard ‐lactam dosing methods. For example, TZP purchases totaled $275,000 the year before conversion at Albany Medical Center Hospital. Switching to the prolonged infusion strategy reduced the total daily dose by 25%50% (by 13 doses per day) representing a savings of $68,750$135,750 in annual direct drug acquisition costs.27

Additional Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Considerations

When assessing the PK/PD of an antibiotic, it is also important to consider concentrations achieved at the site of infection. Most MCS studies have focused on free concentrations in plasma. Whereas free concentrations in plasma are often viewed as an acceptable approximation for free concentrations at the site of infection, this is not always the case. Of particular concern is in the treatment of lower respiratory tract infections. For ‐lactams, it was commonly believed that plasma and epithelial lining fluid (ELF) of the alveolar space concentrations were comparable; antibiotic concentrations in ELF are currently used to estimate the penetration of antibiotics into the respiratory tract. However, the median ELF/plasma penetration ratio for meropenem among patients with ventilator‐associated pneumonia (VAP) is only 25%.37 The only way to achieve a favorable fT > MIC PD profile at the site of infection with meropenem is to administer higher doses over prolonged periods of time (Figure 4). In light of the meropenem ELF data, data available on concentrations at the site of infection, particularly difficult‐to‐penetrate sites, such as ELF and cerebrospinal fluid, should be considered before designing dosing scheme for implementation into clinical practice.

Up to this point, this review has been focused on PD targets of clinical success. The next frontier in PK/PD is identifying antibiotic dosing schemes and drug combinations that minimize the emergence of resistance. Data available to date suggest that PD targets for resistance prevention are typically 24‐fold higher than PD targets for success. Tam et al showed that for meropenem, the PD target needed to suppress the emergence of resistance in P. aeruginosa was a Cmin:MIC ratio of 1.7.38 Further study is still needed in the area of resistance suppression but the current data suggest that obtaining the PK/PD target against the range of MIC encountered clinically is not likely with conventional ‐lactam dosing and will most likely require more intensive regimens administered over extended periods of time.38

Arguments Against Extended ‐lactam Infusions

Limited clinical trial data and lack of FDA approval are frequently cited as the major clinical barriers for implementing extended ‐lactam infusions into practice. Unfortunately, there is a relative dearth of large‐scale randomized clinical data supporting extending the infusion of ‐lactam therapy. In addition, the package inserts for the various ‐lactam antibiotics do not provide support for these prolonged infusion dosing.

While these are valid concerns, the clinical support for intermittent ‐lactam infusions is also limited. The clinical data are largely limited to complicated intra‐abdominal infections, complicated skin and soft tissue infections, complicated urinary tract infections, and community‐acquired pneumonia. None of the intermittently administered ‐lactams currently have an indication for bacteremia (except imipenem for bacterial septicemia), and there are only limited indications for hospital‐acquired pneumonia (HAP) or VAP (imipenem for lower respiratory tract infections and TZP in combination with an aminoglycoside for HAP). In addition, the clinical trials of intermittent ‐lactam infusion regimens have commonly assessed clinical response at the test‐of‐cure visit or after completion of therapy. Arguably, this is not a very clinically meaningful endpoint for the types of infections commonly encountered on a day‐to‐day basis in today's world, where mixed diagnoses and infecting pathogens are often seen. Most important, the bacteria have evolved since the early clinical trials used to obtain FDA approval, and those outdated studies do not address the resistance profiles currently observed in clinical practice.

Conclusions

Understanding exposure‐response relationships is critical when designing antibiotic dosing schemes. In the absence of therapeutic drug monitoring, MCS can be used to design antibiotic regimens that have a high probability of attaining the PD target linked to effect against the range of MICs likely to be encountered in clinical practice. When considering ‐lactam therapy for critically ill patients likely infected with high‐MIC or reduced‐susceptibility pathogens, a prolonged or continuous infusion regimen should be considered. Compared with intermittent dosing, prolonged infusion of ‐lactams is typically associated with improved PTA, as potential benefits of cost savings, and an enhanced PD profile at the site of infection.

References
  1. Ambrose PG,Bhavnani SM,Ellis‐Grosse EJ,Drusano GL.Pharmacokinetic‐pharmacodynamic considerations in the design of hospital‐acquired or ventilator‐associated bacterial pneumonia studies: look before you leap!Clin Infect Dis.2010;51(Suppl 1):S103S110.
  2. Ambrose PG,Bhavnani SM,Rubino CM, et al.Pharmacokinetics‐pharmacodynamics of antimicrobial therapy: it's not just for mice anymore.Clin Infect Dis.2007;44(1):7986.
  3. Craig WA.Pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic parameters: rationale for antibacterial dosing of mice and men.Clin Infect Dis.1998;26(1):110; quiz 11–12.
  4. Drusano GL.Antimicrobial pharmacodynamics: critical interactions of ‘bug and drug’.Nat Rev Microbiol.2004;2(4):289300.
  5. Nicasio AM,Eagye KJ,Kuti EL,Nicolau DP,Kuti JL.Length of stay and hospital costs associated with a pharmacodynamic‐based clinical pathway for empiric antibiotic choice for ventilator‐associated pneumonia.Pharmacotherapy.2010;30(5):453462.
  6. Nicasio AM,Eagye KJ,Nicolau DP, et al.Pharmacodynamic‐based clinical pathway for empiric antibiotic choice in patients with ventilator‐associated pneumonia.J Crit Care.2010;25(1):6977.
  7. Dellit TH,Owens RC,McGowan JE, et al.Infectious Diseases Society of America and the Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America guidelines for developing an institutional program to enhance antimicrobial stewardship.Clin Infect Dis.2007;44(2):159177.
  8. Miller R,Ewy W,Corrigan BW, et al.How modeling and simulation have enhanced decision making in new drug development.J Pharmacokinet Pharmacodyn.2005;32(2):185197.
  9. Schmidt S,Barbour A,Sahre M,Rand KH,Derendorf H.PK/PD: new insights for antibacterial and antiviral applications.Curr Opin Pharmacol. Oct2008;8(5):549556.
  10. CLSI. Performance Standards for Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing; Twentieth Informational Supplement. CLSI document M100‐S20. Wayne, Pennsylvania: Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute; 2010.
  11. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute/NCCLS. Performance standards for Antimicrobial disc diffusion tests; Approved standards. 9th ed. CLSI Document M2‐M9. Wayne, PA: Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute; 2006.
  12. Lodise TP,Lomaestro BM,Drusano GL.Application of antimicrobial pharmacodynamic concepts into clinical practice: focus on beta‐lactam antibiotics: insights from the Society of Infectious Diseases Pharmacists.Pharmacotherapy.2006;26(9):13201332.
  13. Bustamante CI,Drusano GL,Tatem BA,Standiford HC.Postantibiotic effect of imipenem on Pseudomonas aeruginosa.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.1984;26(5):678682.
  14. Odenholt I,Lowdin E,Cars O.Postantibiotic, postantibiotic sub‐MIC, and subinhibitory effects of PGE‐9509924, ciprofloxacin, and levofloxacin.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.2003;47(10):33523356.
  15. Robertson GT,Bonventre EJ,Doyle TB, et al.In vitro evaluation of CBR‐2092, a novel rifamycin‐quinolone hybrid antibiotic: microbiology profiling studies with staphylococci and streptococci.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.2008;52(7):23242334.
  16. Cars O,Odenholt‐Tornqvist I.The post‐antibiotic sub‐MIC effect in vitro and in vivo.J Antimicrob Chemother.1993;31(Suppl D):159166.
  17. Odenholt I.Pharmacodynamic effects of subinhibitory antibiotic concentrations.Int J Antimicrob Agents.2001;17(1):18.
  18. McDonald PJ,Wetherall BL,Pruul H.Postantibiotic leukocyte enhancement: increased susceptibility of bacteria pretreated with antibiotics to activity of leukocytes.Rev Infect Dis.1981;3(1):3844.
  19. Pruul H,McDonald PJ.Enhancement of leukocyte activity against Escherichia coli after brief exposure to chloramphenicol.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.1979;16(6):695700.
  20. Adembri C,Novelli A.Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic parameters of antimicrobials: potential for providing dosing regimens that are less vulnerable to resistance.Clin Pharmacokinet.2009;48(8):517528.
  21. Scaglione F,Paraboni L.Pharmacokinetics/pharmacodynamics of antibacterials in the intensive care unit: setting appropriate dosing regimens.Int J Antimicrob Agents.2008;32(4):294301.
  22. Merrikin DJ,Briant J,Rolinson GN.Effect of protein binding on antibiotic activity in vivo.J Antimicrob Chemother.1983;11(3):233238.
  23. Tsuji BT,Bulitta JB,Kelchlin PA,Holden PN,Forrest A.Determining the active fraction of daptomycin against MRSA by evaluating bactericidal activity in the presence of protein and pharmacodynamic (PD) modeling. 49th Annual Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy.2009;A1‐1270.
  24. Lodise TP,Lomaestro B,Rodvold KA,Danziger LH,Drusano GL.Pharmacodynamic profiling of piperacillin in the presence of tazobactam in patients through the use of population pharmacokinetic models and Monte Carlo simulation.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.2004;48(12):47184724.
  25. DeRyke CA,Kuti JL,Nicolau DP.Reevaluation of current susceptibility breakpoints for Gram‐negative rods based on pharmacodynamic assessment.Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis.2007;58(3):337344.
  26. Tam VH,Gamez EA,Weston JS, et al.Outcomes of bacteremia due to Pseudomonas aeruginosa with reduced susceptibility to piperacillin‐tazobactam: implications on the appropriateness of the resistance breakpoint.Clin Infect Dis. 152008;46(6):862867.
  27. Lodise TP,Lomaestro B,Drusano GL.Piperacillin‐tazobactam for Pseudomonas aeruginosa infection: clinical implications of an extended‐infusion dosing strategy.Clin Infect Dis. 12007;44(3):357363.
  28. Craig WA,Andes D.Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of antibiotics in otitis media.Pediatr Infect Dis J.1996;15(3):255259.
  29. Craig WA.Interrelationship between pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics in determining dosage regimens for broad‐spectrum cephalosporins.Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis.1995;22(1–2):8996.
  30. Drusano GL.How does a patient maximally benefit from anti‐infective chemotherapy?Clin Infect Dis.2004;39(8):12451246.
  31. Kim A,Sutherland CA,Kuti JL,Nicolau DP.Optimal dosing of piperacillin‐tazobactam for the treatment of Pseudomonas aeruginosa infections: prolonged or continuous infusion?Pharmacotherapy.2007;27(11):14901497.
  32. Roberts JA,Webb S,Paterson D,Ho KM,Lipman J.A systematic review on clinical benefits of continuous administration of beta‐lactam antibiotics.Crit Care Med.2009;37(6):20712078.
  33. Mohr JF,Wanger A,Rex JH.Pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic modeling can help guide targeted antimicrobial therapy for nosocomial gram‐negative infections in critically ill patients.Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis.2004;48(2):125130.
  34. Micek ST,Lloyd AE,Ritchie DJ, et al.Pseudomonas aeruginosa bloodstream infection: importance of appropriate initial antimicrobial treatment.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.2005;49(4):13061311.
  35. Streit JM,Jones RN,Sader HS,Fritsche TR.Assessment of pathogen occurrences and resistance profiles among infected patients in the intensive care unit: report from the SENTRY Antimicrobial Surveillance Program (North America, 2001).Int J Antimicrob Agents.2004;24(2):111118.
  36. Rhomberg PR,Jones RN,Sader HS.Results from the Meropenem Yearly Susceptibility Test Information Collection (MYSTIC) Programme: report of the 2001 data from 15 United States medical centres.Int J Antimicrob Agents.2004;23(1):5259.
  37. Lodise TP,Sorgel F,Mason B, et al.Penetration of meropenem into epithelial lining fluid of patients with ventilator‐associated pneumonia. Presented at the 48th Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy/46th Annual Meeting of the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Washington DC,2008. Abstr 1889.
  38. Tam VH,Schilling AN,Neshat S, et al.Optimization of meropenem minimum concentration/MIC ratio to suppress in vitro resistance of Pseudomonas aeruginosa.Antimicrob Agents Chemother. In press.
References
  1. Ambrose PG,Bhavnani SM,Ellis‐Grosse EJ,Drusano GL.Pharmacokinetic‐pharmacodynamic considerations in the design of hospital‐acquired or ventilator‐associated bacterial pneumonia studies: look before you leap!Clin Infect Dis.2010;51(Suppl 1):S103S110.
  2. Ambrose PG,Bhavnani SM,Rubino CM, et al.Pharmacokinetics‐pharmacodynamics of antimicrobial therapy: it's not just for mice anymore.Clin Infect Dis.2007;44(1):7986.
  3. Craig WA.Pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic parameters: rationale for antibacterial dosing of mice and men.Clin Infect Dis.1998;26(1):110; quiz 11–12.
  4. Drusano GL.Antimicrobial pharmacodynamics: critical interactions of ‘bug and drug’.Nat Rev Microbiol.2004;2(4):289300.
  5. Nicasio AM,Eagye KJ,Kuti EL,Nicolau DP,Kuti JL.Length of stay and hospital costs associated with a pharmacodynamic‐based clinical pathway for empiric antibiotic choice for ventilator‐associated pneumonia.Pharmacotherapy.2010;30(5):453462.
  6. Nicasio AM,Eagye KJ,Nicolau DP, et al.Pharmacodynamic‐based clinical pathway for empiric antibiotic choice in patients with ventilator‐associated pneumonia.J Crit Care.2010;25(1):6977.
  7. Dellit TH,Owens RC,McGowan JE, et al.Infectious Diseases Society of America and the Society for Healthcare Epidemiology of America guidelines for developing an institutional program to enhance antimicrobial stewardship.Clin Infect Dis.2007;44(2):159177.
  8. Miller R,Ewy W,Corrigan BW, et al.How modeling and simulation have enhanced decision making in new drug development.J Pharmacokinet Pharmacodyn.2005;32(2):185197.
  9. Schmidt S,Barbour A,Sahre M,Rand KH,Derendorf H.PK/PD: new insights for antibacterial and antiviral applications.Curr Opin Pharmacol. Oct2008;8(5):549556.
  10. CLSI. Performance Standards for Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing; Twentieth Informational Supplement. CLSI document M100‐S20. Wayne, Pennsylvania: Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute; 2010.
  11. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute/NCCLS. Performance standards for Antimicrobial disc diffusion tests; Approved standards. 9th ed. CLSI Document M2‐M9. Wayne, PA: Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute; 2006.
  12. Lodise TP,Lomaestro BM,Drusano GL.Application of antimicrobial pharmacodynamic concepts into clinical practice: focus on beta‐lactam antibiotics: insights from the Society of Infectious Diseases Pharmacists.Pharmacotherapy.2006;26(9):13201332.
  13. Bustamante CI,Drusano GL,Tatem BA,Standiford HC.Postantibiotic effect of imipenem on Pseudomonas aeruginosa.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.1984;26(5):678682.
  14. Odenholt I,Lowdin E,Cars O.Postantibiotic, postantibiotic sub‐MIC, and subinhibitory effects of PGE‐9509924, ciprofloxacin, and levofloxacin.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.2003;47(10):33523356.
  15. Robertson GT,Bonventre EJ,Doyle TB, et al.In vitro evaluation of CBR‐2092, a novel rifamycin‐quinolone hybrid antibiotic: microbiology profiling studies with staphylococci and streptococci.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.2008;52(7):23242334.
  16. Cars O,Odenholt‐Tornqvist I.The post‐antibiotic sub‐MIC effect in vitro and in vivo.J Antimicrob Chemother.1993;31(Suppl D):159166.
  17. Odenholt I.Pharmacodynamic effects of subinhibitory antibiotic concentrations.Int J Antimicrob Agents.2001;17(1):18.
  18. McDonald PJ,Wetherall BL,Pruul H.Postantibiotic leukocyte enhancement: increased susceptibility of bacteria pretreated with antibiotics to activity of leukocytes.Rev Infect Dis.1981;3(1):3844.
  19. Pruul H,McDonald PJ.Enhancement of leukocyte activity against Escherichia coli after brief exposure to chloramphenicol.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.1979;16(6):695700.
  20. Adembri C,Novelli A.Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic parameters of antimicrobials: potential for providing dosing regimens that are less vulnerable to resistance.Clin Pharmacokinet.2009;48(8):517528.
  21. Scaglione F,Paraboni L.Pharmacokinetics/pharmacodynamics of antibacterials in the intensive care unit: setting appropriate dosing regimens.Int J Antimicrob Agents.2008;32(4):294301.
  22. Merrikin DJ,Briant J,Rolinson GN.Effect of protein binding on antibiotic activity in vivo.J Antimicrob Chemother.1983;11(3):233238.
  23. Tsuji BT,Bulitta JB,Kelchlin PA,Holden PN,Forrest A.Determining the active fraction of daptomycin against MRSA by evaluating bactericidal activity in the presence of protein and pharmacodynamic (PD) modeling. 49th Annual Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy.2009;A1‐1270.
  24. Lodise TP,Lomaestro B,Rodvold KA,Danziger LH,Drusano GL.Pharmacodynamic profiling of piperacillin in the presence of tazobactam in patients through the use of population pharmacokinetic models and Monte Carlo simulation.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.2004;48(12):47184724.
  25. DeRyke CA,Kuti JL,Nicolau DP.Reevaluation of current susceptibility breakpoints for Gram‐negative rods based on pharmacodynamic assessment.Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis.2007;58(3):337344.
  26. Tam VH,Gamez EA,Weston JS, et al.Outcomes of bacteremia due to Pseudomonas aeruginosa with reduced susceptibility to piperacillin‐tazobactam: implications on the appropriateness of the resistance breakpoint.Clin Infect Dis. 152008;46(6):862867.
  27. Lodise TP,Lomaestro B,Drusano GL.Piperacillin‐tazobactam for Pseudomonas aeruginosa infection: clinical implications of an extended‐infusion dosing strategy.Clin Infect Dis. 12007;44(3):357363.
  28. Craig WA,Andes D.Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of antibiotics in otitis media.Pediatr Infect Dis J.1996;15(3):255259.
  29. Craig WA.Interrelationship between pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics in determining dosage regimens for broad‐spectrum cephalosporins.Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis.1995;22(1–2):8996.
  30. Drusano GL.How does a patient maximally benefit from anti‐infective chemotherapy?Clin Infect Dis.2004;39(8):12451246.
  31. Kim A,Sutherland CA,Kuti JL,Nicolau DP.Optimal dosing of piperacillin‐tazobactam for the treatment of Pseudomonas aeruginosa infections: prolonged or continuous infusion?Pharmacotherapy.2007;27(11):14901497.
  32. Roberts JA,Webb S,Paterson D,Ho KM,Lipman J.A systematic review on clinical benefits of continuous administration of beta‐lactam antibiotics.Crit Care Med.2009;37(6):20712078.
  33. Mohr JF,Wanger A,Rex JH.Pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic modeling can help guide targeted antimicrobial therapy for nosocomial gram‐negative infections in critically ill patients.Diagn Microbiol Infect Dis.2004;48(2):125130.
  34. Micek ST,Lloyd AE,Ritchie DJ, et al.Pseudomonas aeruginosa bloodstream infection: importance of appropriate initial antimicrobial treatment.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.2005;49(4):13061311.
  35. Streit JM,Jones RN,Sader HS,Fritsche TR.Assessment of pathogen occurrences and resistance profiles among infected patients in the intensive care unit: report from the SENTRY Antimicrobial Surveillance Program (North America, 2001).Int J Antimicrob Agents.2004;24(2):111118.
  36. Rhomberg PR,Jones RN,Sader HS.Results from the Meropenem Yearly Susceptibility Test Information Collection (MYSTIC) Programme: report of the 2001 data from 15 United States medical centres.Int J Antimicrob Agents.2004;23(1):5259.
  37. Lodise TP,Sorgel F,Mason B, et al.Penetration of meropenem into epithelial lining fluid of patients with ventilator‐associated pneumonia. Presented at the 48th Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy/46th Annual Meeting of the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Washington DC,2008. Abstr 1889.
  38. Tam VH,Schilling AN,Neshat S, et al.Optimization of meropenem minimum concentration/MIC ratio to suppress in vitro resistance of Pseudomonas aeruginosa.Antimicrob Agents Chemother. In press.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 6(1)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 6(1)
Page Number
S16-S23
Page Number
S16-S23
Article Type
Display Headline
Use of pharmacodynamic principles to inform β‐lactam dosing: “S” does not always mean success
Display Headline
Use of pharmacodynamic principles to inform β‐lactam dosing: “S” does not always mean success
Legacy Keywords
β‐lactams, meropenem, Monte Carlo simulation, piperacillin‐tazobactam, pharmacodynamics, pharmacodynamics target attainment, population pharmacokinetic modeling
Legacy Keywords
β‐lactams, meropenem, Monte Carlo simulation, piperacillin‐tazobactam, pharmacodynamics, pharmacodynamics target attainment, population pharmacokinetic modeling
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2011 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Associate Professor, Albany College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences, 106 New Scotland Avenue, Albany, New York, 12208
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media
Media Files

How to Get Ahead in Community-Based Hospital Medicine

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
How to Get Ahead in Community-Based Hospital Medicine

What does it take to advance your career in the community hospital setting? Good communication and relationship skills top the list, according to Joe Metcalf, MD, director of the Hospital Medicine Service at Faith Regional Health Services in Norfolk, Neb. When Dr. Metcalf started the hospitalist service at the 227-bed regional referral center three and a half years ago, he was not looking for "brilliant" physicians. Instead, he says, "I was looking for excellent communicators."

"Patients are not interested in exceedingly smart clinicians," Dr. Metcalf says. "They are interested in clinicians who are willing to sit at the bedside, hold the elderly patient’s hand, listen to their concerns, and communicate the plans of care in ways they can understand."

Listening is a part of communication that is often neglected, he says.

Versatile and Teachable

Family-practice-trained, ED-hospitalist Joseph Babbitt, MD, works at 22-bed Blue Hill Memorial Hospital in Blue Hill, Maine. The key to success for hospitalists in the small-community-hospital setting is versatility, he says. It’s not unusual for hospitalists at Blue Hill to perform cardiac stress tests for a cardiology colleague or provide perioperative comanagement for surgical colleagues, he adds.

Dr. Babbitt underscores the willingness to acquire a broad range of skills. Dr. Metcalf agrees, and explains it’s one of the reasons he looks for "teachability" in hospitalist job candidates.

"It goes without saying that physicians must be proficient clinicians," he says, "but what I’m also listening for is whether they truly have a passion for patient-centered care."

Dr. Metcalf values honesty in his team members, and respects hospitalists who ask for help with their difficult cases.

Wired for Small

When it comes to community hospital settings, size matters. The hospital setting and job description should fit your preferences. Dr. Babbitt advises candidates to "listen to your gut" when interviewing for community hospital jobs. "If your reaction after checking out a job prospect is, ‘Well, I think I can make this work,’ then don’t try to make it work, because it probably won’t," he says. "You’re either ‘wired for small’ or you’re not."

Residents can prepare for a new job at a small community hospital. Dr. Babbitt recalls one young physician who, after a medical school rotation in a small hospital, realized that he was interested in becoming a "small-hospital hospitalist." He acquired additional training in emergency medicine because he identified it as a skill set that he needed to strengthen.

One thing is for sure: Variety is the order of the day in community settings. "You can bet," Dr. Babbitt says, "that the job you’re hired for is not going to be the job you’re doing in a year. Something about it will have changed."

Gretchen Henkel is a frequent contributor to The Hospitalist.

SOUND CAREER ADVICE

   For more tips and strategies for advancing or establishing a career in hospital medicine, visit the SHM Career Center.

 

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Publications
Sections

What does it take to advance your career in the community hospital setting? Good communication and relationship skills top the list, according to Joe Metcalf, MD, director of the Hospital Medicine Service at Faith Regional Health Services in Norfolk, Neb. When Dr. Metcalf started the hospitalist service at the 227-bed regional referral center three and a half years ago, he was not looking for "brilliant" physicians. Instead, he says, "I was looking for excellent communicators."

"Patients are not interested in exceedingly smart clinicians," Dr. Metcalf says. "They are interested in clinicians who are willing to sit at the bedside, hold the elderly patient’s hand, listen to their concerns, and communicate the plans of care in ways they can understand."

Listening is a part of communication that is often neglected, he says.

Versatile and Teachable

Family-practice-trained, ED-hospitalist Joseph Babbitt, MD, works at 22-bed Blue Hill Memorial Hospital in Blue Hill, Maine. The key to success for hospitalists in the small-community-hospital setting is versatility, he says. It’s not unusual for hospitalists at Blue Hill to perform cardiac stress tests for a cardiology colleague or provide perioperative comanagement for surgical colleagues, he adds.

Dr. Babbitt underscores the willingness to acquire a broad range of skills. Dr. Metcalf agrees, and explains it’s one of the reasons he looks for "teachability" in hospitalist job candidates.

"It goes without saying that physicians must be proficient clinicians," he says, "but what I’m also listening for is whether they truly have a passion for patient-centered care."

Dr. Metcalf values honesty in his team members, and respects hospitalists who ask for help with their difficult cases.

Wired for Small

When it comes to community hospital settings, size matters. The hospital setting and job description should fit your preferences. Dr. Babbitt advises candidates to "listen to your gut" when interviewing for community hospital jobs. "If your reaction after checking out a job prospect is, ‘Well, I think I can make this work,’ then don’t try to make it work, because it probably won’t," he says. "You’re either ‘wired for small’ or you’re not."

Residents can prepare for a new job at a small community hospital. Dr. Babbitt recalls one young physician who, after a medical school rotation in a small hospital, realized that he was interested in becoming a "small-hospital hospitalist." He acquired additional training in emergency medicine because he identified it as a skill set that he needed to strengthen.

One thing is for sure: Variety is the order of the day in community settings. "You can bet," Dr. Babbitt says, "that the job you’re hired for is not going to be the job you’re doing in a year. Something about it will have changed."

Gretchen Henkel is a frequent contributor to The Hospitalist.

SOUND CAREER ADVICE

   For more tips and strategies for advancing or establishing a career in hospital medicine, visit the SHM Career Center.

 

What does it take to advance your career in the community hospital setting? Good communication and relationship skills top the list, according to Joe Metcalf, MD, director of the Hospital Medicine Service at Faith Regional Health Services in Norfolk, Neb. When Dr. Metcalf started the hospitalist service at the 227-bed regional referral center three and a half years ago, he was not looking for "brilliant" physicians. Instead, he says, "I was looking for excellent communicators."

"Patients are not interested in exceedingly smart clinicians," Dr. Metcalf says. "They are interested in clinicians who are willing to sit at the bedside, hold the elderly patient’s hand, listen to their concerns, and communicate the plans of care in ways they can understand."

Listening is a part of communication that is often neglected, he says.

Versatile and Teachable

Family-practice-trained, ED-hospitalist Joseph Babbitt, MD, works at 22-bed Blue Hill Memorial Hospital in Blue Hill, Maine. The key to success for hospitalists in the small-community-hospital setting is versatility, he says. It’s not unusual for hospitalists at Blue Hill to perform cardiac stress tests for a cardiology colleague or provide perioperative comanagement for surgical colleagues, he adds.

Dr. Babbitt underscores the willingness to acquire a broad range of skills. Dr. Metcalf agrees, and explains it’s one of the reasons he looks for "teachability" in hospitalist job candidates.

"It goes without saying that physicians must be proficient clinicians," he says, "but what I’m also listening for is whether they truly have a passion for patient-centered care."

Dr. Metcalf values honesty in his team members, and respects hospitalists who ask for help with their difficult cases.

Wired for Small

When it comes to community hospital settings, size matters. The hospital setting and job description should fit your preferences. Dr. Babbitt advises candidates to "listen to your gut" when interviewing for community hospital jobs. "If your reaction after checking out a job prospect is, ‘Well, I think I can make this work,’ then don’t try to make it work, because it probably won’t," he says. "You’re either ‘wired for small’ or you’re not."

Residents can prepare for a new job at a small community hospital. Dr. Babbitt recalls one young physician who, after a medical school rotation in a small hospital, realized that he was interested in becoming a "small-hospital hospitalist." He acquired additional training in emergency medicine because he identified it as a skill set that he needed to strengthen.

One thing is for sure: Variety is the order of the day in community settings. "You can bet," Dr. Babbitt says, "that the job you’re hired for is not going to be the job you’re doing in a year. Something about it will have changed."

Gretchen Henkel is a frequent contributor to The Hospitalist.

SOUND CAREER ADVICE

   For more tips and strategies for advancing or establishing a career in hospital medicine, visit the SHM Career Center.

 

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
How to Get Ahead in Community-Based Hospital Medicine
Display Headline
How to Get Ahead in Community-Based Hospital Medicine
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

The Next Generation of Anticoagulants?

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
The Next Generation of Anticoagulants?

The popularity of the next generation of anticoagulation therapies could be dependent on whether reversing agents for the newest drugs can be developed, says a hospitalist who heads an antithrombotic clinic.

In October, the FDA approved dabigatran etexilate (Pradaxa) for atrial fibrillation (AF) patients. In a noninferiority study published last month, investigators found that treatment with oral rivaroxaban alone (15mg twice daily for three weeks, followed by 20mg once daily) showed effectiveness versus subcutaneous enoxaparin followed by a vitamin K antagonist. In relation to the primary outcome of recurrent DVT, rivaroxaban had noninferior efficacy (36 events [2.1%], vs. 51 events, 0.44 to 1.04; P<0.001) (N Engl J Med. 2010;363:2499-2510).

Another study, dubbed ROCKET-AF (PDF) and unveiled at an American Heart Association meeting in November, reported that rivaroxaban was noninferior to warfarin in the treatment of stroke and non-CNS embolism. Study patients treated with rivaroxaban exhibited significantly less events (1.71) per 100 patient-years (188 patients) compared with those on warfarin (2.16; 241 patients; P<0.001 for noninferiority, P=0.018 for superiority).

A third medication, apixaban, which also acts as a direct

fact Xa inhibitor, is currently being tested in clinical trials.

Geno Merli, MD, senior vice president and chief medical officer at Thomas Jefferson University Hospital and head of the Jefferson Antithrombotic Therapy Service, both in Philadelphia, says one of the most pressing issues with the Xa inhibitors is that there is not yet a reversing agent for the drugs should complications arise. “I can reverse Coumadin,” Dr. Merli says. “I can give vitamin K or fresh frozen plasma. You’re giving back the factors that were affected.”

Dr. Merli adds that pharmaceutical companies already are working on development of reversing agents and antibodies, but until those are approved, some physicians might shy away from new anticoagulant therapies. Still, he encourages physicians to get the medications added to their respective hospitals’ medicine cabinets as quickly as feasible.

“You’ve got to have it on your formulary because you have to know the drug,” Dr. Merli says. “You have to have it for the doctor who will choose to use it or the patient who comes in already on it.”

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Publications
Sections

The popularity of the next generation of anticoagulation therapies could be dependent on whether reversing agents for the newest drugs can be developed, says a hospitalist who heads an antithrombotic clinic.

In October, the FDA approved dabigatran etexilate (Pradaxa) for atrial fibrillation (AF) patients. In a noninferiority study published last month, investigators found that treatment with oral rivaroxaban alone (15mg twice daily for three weeks, followed by 20mg once daily) showed effectiveness versus subcutaneous enoxaparin followed by a vitamin K antagonist. In relation to the primary outcome of recurrent DVT, rivaroxaban had noninferior efficacy (36 events [2.1%], vs. 51 events, 0.44 to 1.04; P<0.001) (N Engl J Med. 2010;363:2499-2510).

Another study, dubbed ROCKET-AF (PDF) and unveiled at an American Heart Association meeting in November, reported that rivaroxaban was noninferior to warfarin in the treatment of stroke and non-CNS embolism. Study patients treated with rivaroxaban exhibited significantly less events (1.71) per 100 patient-years (188 patients) compared with those on warfarin (2.16; 241 patients; P<0.001 for noninferiority, P=0.018 for superiority).

A third medication, apixaban, which also acts as a direct

fact Xa inhibitor, is currently being tested in clinical trials.

Geno Merli, MD, senior vice president and chief medical officer at Thomas Jefferson University Hospital and head of the Jefferson Antithrombotic Therapy Service, both in Philadelphia, says one of the most pressing issues with the Xa inhibitors is that there is not yet a reversing agent for the drugs should complications arise. “I can reverse Coumadin,” Dr. Merli says. “I can give vitamin K or fresh frozen plasma. You’re giving back the factors that were affected.”

Dr. Merli adds that pharmaceutical companies already are working on development of reversing agents and antibodies, but until those are approved, some physicians might shy away from new anticoagulant therapies. Still, he encourages physicians to get the medications added to their respective hospitals’ medicine cabinets as quickly as feasible.

“You’ve got to have it on your formulary because you have to know the drug,” Dr. Merli says. “You have to have it for the doctor who will choose to use it or the patient who comes in already on it.”

The popularity of the next generation of anticoagulation therapies could be dependent on whether reversing agents for the newest drugs can be developed, says a hospitalist who heads an antithrombotic clinic.

In October, the FDA approved dabigatran etexilate (Pradaxa) for atrial fibrillation (AF) patients. In a noninferiority study published last month, investigators found that treatment with oral rivaroxaban alone (15mg twice daily for three weeks, followed by 20mg once daily) showed effectiveness versus subcutaneous enoxaparin followed by a vitamin K antagonist. In relation to the primary outcome of recurrent DVT, rivaroxaban had noninferior efficacy (36 events [2.1%], vs. 51 events, 0.44 to 1.04; P<0.001) (N Engl J Med. 2010;363:2499-2510).

Another study, dubbed ROCKET-AF (PDF) and unveiled at an American Heart Association meeting in November, reported that rivaroxaban was noninferior to warfarin in the treatment of stroke and non-CNS embolism. Study patients treated with rivaroxaban exhibited significantly less events (1.71) per 100 patient-years (188 patients) compared with those on warfarin (2.16; 241 patients; P<0.001 for noninferiority, P=0.018 for superiority).

A third medication, apixaban, which also acts as a direct

fact Xa inhibitor, is currently being tested in clinical trials.

Geno Merli, MD, senior vice president and chief medical officer at Thomas Jefferson University Hospital and head of the Jefferson Antithrombotic Therapy Service, both in Philadelphia, says one of the most pressing issues with the Xa inhibitors is that there is not yet a reversing agent for the drugs should complications arise. “I can reverse Coumadin,” Dr. Merli says. “I can give vitamin K or fresh frozen plasma. You’re giving back the factors that were affected.”

Dr. Merli adds that pharmaceutical companies already are working on development of reversing agents and antibodies, but until those are approved, some physicians might shy away from new anticoagulant therapies. Still, he encourages physicians to get the medications added to their respective hospitals’ medicine cabinets as quickly as feasible.

“You’ve got to have it on your formulary because you have to know the drug,” Dr. Merli says. “You have to have it for the doctor who will choose to use it or the patient who comes in already on it.”

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
The Next Generation of Anticoagulants?
Display Headline
The Next Generation of Anticoagulants?
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

In the Literature: Research You Need to Know

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
In the Literature: Research You Need to Know

Clinical question: What is the relative efficacy of trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole (TMP/sulfa) versus ciprofloxacin for the treatment of severe exacerbations of COPD?

Background: The use of antimicrobials in the treatment of COPD exacerbations is well accepted, with the original studies using amoxicillin, TMP/sulfa, and tetracyclines. Whether newer antimicrobial agents offer greater efficacy versus these standard agents remains uncertain.

Study design: Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled (double-dummy), noninferiority trial.

Setting: Two academic medical ICUs in Tunisia.

Synopsis: Consecutive patients (n=170) with severe exacerbations of COPD requiring mechanical ventilation were randomized to standard medical therapy plus either TMP/sulfa or ciprofloxacin. Patients had a prior diagnosis of COPD and the clinical presence of purulent sputum and respiratory failure. The study excluded those who were immunosuppressed, had significant hepatic or renal disease, pneumonia, recent antibiotic use, active cancer, or inability to take oral medications.

The primary endpoint of hospital death and the need for an additional course of antibiotics was no different between the groups (16.4% with TMP/sulfa versus 15.3% with ciprofloxacin). The mean exacerbation-free interval, days of mechanical ventilation, and length of stay were no different. Noninferiority was defined as <10% relative difference.

Bottom line: TMP/sulfa was noninferior to ciprofloxacin in the treatment of severe exacerbations of COPD requiring mechanical ventilation.

Citation: Nouira S, Marghli S, Besbes L, et al. Standard versus newer antibacterial agents in the treatment of severe acute exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: a randomized trial of trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole versus ciprofloxacin. Clin Inf Dis. 2010;51:143-149.

For more physician reviews of HM-related research, visit our website.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Publications
Sections

Clinical question: What is the relative efficacy of trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole (TMP/sulfa) versus ciprofloxacin for the treatment of severe exacerbations of COPD?

Background: The use of antimicrobials in the treatment of COPD exacerbations is well accepted, with the original studies using amoxicillin, TMP/sulfa, and tetracyclines. Whether newer antimicrobial agents offer greater efficacy versus these standard agents remains uncertain.

Study design: Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled (double-dummy), noninferiority trial.

Setting: Two academic medical ICUs in Tunisia.

Synopsis: Consecutive patients (n=170) with severe exacerbations of COPD requiring mechanical ventilation were randomized to standard medical therapy plus either TMP/sulfa or ciprofloxacin. Patients had a prior diagnosis of COPD and the clinical presence of purulent sputum and respiratory failure. The study excluded those who were immunosuppressed, had significant hepatic or renal disease, pneumonia, recent antibiotic use, active cancer, or inability to take oral medications.

The primary endpoint of hospital death and the need for an additional course of antibiotics was no different between the groups (16.4% with TMP/sulfa versus 15.3% with ciprofloxacin). The mean exacerbation-free interval, days of mechanical ventilation, and length of stay were no different. Noninferiority was defined as <10% relative difference.

Bottom line: TMP/sulfa was noninferior to ciprofloxacin in the treatment of severe exacerbations of COPD requiring mechanical ventilation.

Citation: Nouira S, Marghli S, Besbes L, et al. Standard versus newer antibacterial agents in the treatment of severe acute exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: a randomized trial of trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole versus ciprofloxacin. Clin Inf Dis. 2010;51:143-149.

For more physician reviews of HM-related research, visit our website.

Clinical question: What is the relative efficacy of trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole (TMP/sulfa) versus ciprofloxacin for the treatment of severe exacerbations of COPD?

Background: The use of antimicrobials in the treatment of COPD exacerbations is well accepted, with the original studies using amoxicillin, TMP/sulfa, and tetracyclines. Whether newer antimicrobial agents offer greater efficacy versus these standard agents remains uncertain.

Study design: Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled (double-dummy), noninferiority trial.

Setting: Two academic medical ICUs in Tunisia.

Synopsis: Consecutive patients (n=170) with severe exacerbations of COPD requiring mechanical ventilation were randomized to standard medical therapy plus either TMP/sulfa or ciprofloxacin. Patients had a prior diagnosis of COPD and the clinical presence of purulent sputum and respiratory failure. The study excluded those who were immunosuppressed, had significant hepatic or renal disease, pneumonia, recent antibiotic use, active cancer, or inability to take oral medications.

The primary endpoint of hospital death and the need for an additional course of antibiotics was no different between the groups (16.4% with TMP/sulfa versus 15.3% with ciprofloxacin). The mean exacerbation-free interval, days of mechanical ventilation, and length of stay were no different. Noninferiority was defined as <10% relative difference.

Bottom line: TMP/sulfa was noninferior to ciprofloxacin in the treatment of severe exacerbations of COPD requiring mechanical ventilation.

Citation: Nouira S, Marghli S, Besbes L, et al. Standard versus newer antibacterial agents in the treatment of severe acute exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: a randomized trial of trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole versus ciprofloxacin. Clin Inf Dis. 2010;51:143-149.

For more physician reviews of HM-related research, visit our website.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
In the Literature: Research You Need to Know
Display Headline
In the Literature: Research You Need to Know
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Pneumonia Readmission Validation

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Development, validation, and results of a measure of 30‐day readmission following hospitalization for pneumonia

Hospital readmissions are emblematic of the numerous challenges facing the US health care system. Despite high levels of spending, nearly 20% of Medicare beneficiaries are readmitted within 30 days of hospital discharge, many readmissions are considered preventable, and rates vary widely by hospital and region.1 Further, while readmissions have been estimated to cost taxpayers as much as $17 billion annually, the current fee‐for‐service method of paying for the acute care needs of seniors rewards hospitals financially for readmission, not their prevention.2

Pneumonia is the second most common reason for hospitalization among Medicare beneficiaries, accounting for approximately 650,000 admissions annually,3 and has been a focus of national quality‐improvement efforts for more than a decade.4, 5 Despite improvements in key processes of care, rates of readmission within 30 days of discharge following a hospitalization for pneumonia have been reported to vary from 10% to 24%.68 Among several factors, readmissions are believed to be influenced by the quality of both inpatient and outpatient care, and by care‐coordination activities occurring in the transition from inpatient to outpatient status.912

Public reporting of hospital performance is considered a key strategy for improving quality, reducing costs, and increasing the value of hospital care, both in the US and worldwide.13 In 2009, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) expanded its reporting initiatives by adding risk‐adjusted hospital readmission rates for acute myocardial infarction, heart failure, and pneumonia to the Hospital Compare website.14, 15 Readmission rates are an attractive focus for public reporting for several reasons. First, in contrast to most process‐based measures of quality (eg, whether a patient with pneumonia received a particular antibiotic), a readmission is an adverse outcome that matters to patients and families.16 Second, unlike process measures whose assessment requires detailed review of medical records, readmissions can be easily determined from standard hospital claims. Finally, readmissions are costly, and their prevention could yield substantial savings to society.

A necessary prerequisite for public reporting of readmission is a validated, risk‐adjusted measure that can be used to track performance over time and can facilitate comparisons across institutions. Toward this end, we describe the development, validation, and results of a National Quality Forum‐approved and CMS‐adopted model to estimate hospital‐specific, risk‐standardized, 30‐day readmission rates for Medicare patients hospitalized with pneumonia.17

METHODS

Data Sources

We used 20052006 claims data from Medicare inpatient, outpatient, and carrier (physician) Standard Analytic Files to develop and validate the administrative model. The Medicare Enrollment Database was used to determine Medicare fee‐for‐service enrollment and mortality statuses. A medical record model, used for additional validation of the administrative model, was developed using information abstracted from the charts of 75,616 pneumonia cases from 19982001 as part of the National Pneumonia Project, a CMS quality improvement initiative.18

Study Cohort

We identified hospitalizations of patients 65 years of age and older with a principal diagnosis of pneumonia (International Classification of Diseases, 9th Revision, Clinical Modification codes 480.XX, 481, 482.XX, 483.X, 485, 486, 487.0) as potential index pneumonia admissions. Because our focus was readmission for patients discharged from acute care settings, we excluded admissions in which patients died or were transferred to another acute care facility. Additionally, we restricted analysis to patients who had been enrolled in fee‐for‐service Medicare Parts A and B, for at least 12 months prior to their pneumonia hospitalization, so that we could use diagnostic codes from all inpatient and outpatient encounters during that period to enhance identification of comorbidities.

Outcome

The outcome was 30‐day readmission, defined as occurrence of at least one hospitalization for any cause within 30 days of discharge after an index admission. Readmissions were identified from hospital claims data, and were attributed to the hospital that had discharged the patient. A 30‐day time frame was selected because it is a clinically meaningful period during which hospitals can be expected to collaborate with other organizations and providers to implement measures to reduce the risk of rehospitalization.

Candidate and Final Model Variables

Candidate variables for the administrative claims model were selected by a clinician team from 189 diagnostic groups included in the Hierarchical Condition Category (HCC) clinical classification system.19 The HCC clinical classification system was developed for CMS in preparation for all‐encounter risk adjustment for Medicare Advantage (managed care). Under the HCC algorithm, the 15,000+ ICD‐9‐CM diagnosis codes are assigned to one of 189 clinically‐coherent condition categories (CCs). We used the April 2008 version of the ICD‐9‐CM to CC assignment map, which is maintained by CMS and posted at http://www.qualitynet.org. A total of 154 CCs were considered to be potentially relevant to readmission outcome and were included for further consideration. Some CCs were further combined into clinically coherent groupings of CCs. Our set of candidate variables ultimately included 97 CC‐based variables, two demographic variables (age and sex), and two procedure codes potentially relevant to readmission risk (history of percutaneous coronary intervention [PCI] and history of coronary artery bypass graft [CABG]).

The final risk‐adjustment model included 39 variables selected by the team of clinicians and analysts, primarily based on their clinical relevance but also with knowledge of the strength of their statistical association with readmission outcome (Table 1). For each patient, the presence or absence of these conditions was assessed from multiple sources, including secondary diagnoses during the index admission, principal and secondary diagnoses from hospital admissions in the 12 months prior to the index admission, and diagnoses from hospital outpatient and physician encounters 12 months before the index admission. A small number of CCs were considered to represent potential complications of care (eg, bleeding). Because we did not want to adjust for complications of care occurring during the index admission, a patient was not considered to have one of these conditions unless it was also present in at least one encounter prior to the index admission.

Regression Model Variables and Results in Derivation Sample
VariableFrequenciesEstimateStandard ErrorOdds Ratio95% CI 
  • Abbreviations: CABG, coronary artery bypass graft; CC, condition category; CI, confidence interval; COPD, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; DM, diabetes mellitus.

Intercept 2.3950.021   
Age 65 (years above 65, continuous) 0.00010.0011.0000.9981.001
Male450.0710.0121.0731.0481.099
History of CABG5.20.1790.0270.8360.7930.881
Metastatic cancer and acute leukemia (CC 7)4.30.1770.0291.1941.1281.263
Lung, upper digestive tract, and other severe cancers (CC 8)6.00.2560.0241.2921.2321.354
Diabetes and DM complications (CC 15‐20, 119, 120)360.0590.0121.0611.0361.087
Disorders of fluid/electrolyte/acid‐base (CC 22, 23)340.1490.0131.1601.1311.191
Iron deficiency and other/unspecified anemias and blood disease (CC 47)460.1180.0121.1261.0991.153
Other psychiatric disorders (CC 60)120.1080.0171.1141.0771.151
Cardio‐respiratory failure and shock (CC 79)160.1140.0161.1211.0871.156
Congestive heart failure (CC 80)390.1510.0141.1631.1331.194
Chronic atherosclerosis (CC 83, 84)470.0510.0131.0531.0271.079
Valvular and rheumatic heart disease (CC 86)230.0620.0141.0641.0361.093
Arrhythmias (CC 92, 93)380.1260.0131.1341.1071.163
Vascular or circulatory disease (CC 104‐106)380.0880.0121.0921.0661.119
COPD (CC 108)580.1860.0131.2051.1751.235
Fibrosis of lung and other chronic lung disorders (CC 109)170.0860.0151.0901.0591.122
Renal failure (CC 131)170.1470.0161.1581.1221.196
Protein‐calorie malnutrition (CC 21)7.90.1210.0201.1291.0861.173
History of infection (CC 1, 3‐6)350.0680.0121.0711.0451.097
Severe hematological disorders (CC 44)3.60.1170.0281.1251.0641.188
Decubitus ulcer or chronic skin ulcer (CC 148, 149)100.1010.0181.1061.0671.146
History of pneumonia (CC 111‐113)440.0650.0131.0671.0411.094
Vertebral fractures (CC 157)5.10.1130.0241.1201.0681.174
Other injuries (CC 162)320.0610.0121.0631.0381.089
Urinary tract infection (CC 135)260.0640.0141.0661.0381.095
Lymphatic, head and neck, brain, and other major cancers; breast, prostate, colorectal, and other cancers and tumors (CC 9‐10)160.0500.0161.0511.0181.084
End‐stage renal disease or dialysis (CC 129, 130)1.90.1310.0371.1401.0601.226
Drug/alcohol abuse/dependence/psychosis (CC 51‐53)120.0810.0171.0841.0481.121
Septicemia/shock (CC 2)6.30.0940.0221.0981.0521.146
Other gastrointestinal disorders (CC 36)560.0730.0121.0761.0511.102
Acute coronary syndrome (CC 81, 82)8.30.1260.0191.1341.0921.178
Pleural effusion/pneumothorax (CC 114)120.0830.0171.0861.0511.123
Other urinary tract disorders (CC 136)240.0590.0141.0611.0331.090
Stroke (CC 95, 96)100.0470.0191.0491.0111.088
Dementia and senility (CC 49, 50)270.0310.0141.0311.0041.059
Hemiplegia, paraplegia, paralysis, functional disability (CC 67‐69, 100‐102, 177, 178)7.40.0680.0211.0701.0261.116
Other lung disorders (CC 115)450.0050.0121.0050.9821.030
Major psychiatric disorders (CC 54‐56)110.0380.0181.0381.0031.075
Asthma (CC 110)120.0060.0181.0060.9721.041

Model Derivation

For the development of the administrative claims model, we randomly sampled half of 2006 hospitalizations that met inclusion criteria. To assess model performance at the patient level, we calculated the area under the receiver operating curve (AUC), and calculated observed readmission rates in the lowest and highest deciles on the basis of predicted readmission probabilities. We also compared performance with a null model, a model that adjusted for age and sex, and a model that included all candidate variables.20

Risk‐Standardized Readmission Rates

Using hierarchical logistic regression, we modeled the log‐odds of readmission within 30 days of discharge from an index pneumonia admission as a function of patient demographic and clinical characteristics, and a random hospital‐specific intercept. This strategy accounts for within‐hospital correlation, or clustering, of observed outcomes, and models the assumption that underlying differences in quality among hospitals being evaluated lead to systematic differences in outcomes. We then calculated hospital‐specific readmission rates as the ratio of predicted‐to‐expected readmissions (similar to observed/expected ratio), multiplied by the national unadjusted ratea form of indirect standardization. Predicted number of readmissions in each hospital is estimated given the same patient mix and its estimated hospital‐specific intercept. Expected number of readmissions in each hospital is estimated using its patient mix and the average hospital‐specific intercept. To assess hospital performance in any given year, we re‐estimate model coefficients using that year's data.

Model Validation: Administrative Claims

We compared the model performance in the development sample with its performance in the sample from the 2006 data that was not selected for the development set, and separately among pneumonia admissions in 2005. The model was recalibrated in each validation set.

Model Validation: Medical Record Abstraction

We developed a separate medical record‐based model of readmission risk using information from charts that had previously been abstracted as part of CMS's National Pneumonia Project. To select variables for this model, the clinician team: 1) reviewed the list of variables that were included in a medical record model that was previously developed for validating the National Quality Forum‐approved pneumonia mortality measure; 2) reviewed a list of other potential candidate variables available in the National Pneumonia Project dataset; and 3) reviewed variables that emerged as potentially important predictors of readmission, based on a systematic review of the literature that was conducted as part of measure development. This selection process resulted in a final medical record model that included 35 variables.

We linked patients in the National Pneumonia Project cohort to their Medicare claims data, including claims from one year before the index hospitalization, so that we could calculate risk‐standardized readmission rates in this cohort separately using medical record and claims‐based models. This analysis was conducted at the state level, for the 50 states plus the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, because medical record data were unavailable in sufficient numbers to permit hospital‐level comparisons. To examine the relationship between risk‐standardized rates obtained from medical record and administrative data models, we estimated a linear regression model describing the association between the two rates, weighting each state by number of index hospitalizations, and calculated the correlation coefficient and the intercept and slope of this equation. A slope close to 1 and an intercept close to 0 would provide evidence that risk‐standardized state readmission rates from the medical record and claims models were similar. We also calculated the difference between state risk‐standardized readmission rates from the two models.

Analyses were conducted with the use of SAS version 9.1.3 (SAS Institute Inc, Cary, NC). Models were fitted separately for the National Pneumonia Project and 2006 cohort. We estimated the hierarchical models using the GLIMMIX procedure in SAS. The Human Investigation Committee at the Yale School of Medicine approved an exemption for the authors to use CMS claims and enrollment data for research analyses and publication.

RESULTS

Model Derivation and Performance

After exclusions were applied, the 2006 sample included 453,251 pneumonia hospitalizations (Figure 1). The development sample consisted of 226,545 hospitalizations at 4675 hospitals, with an overall unadjusted 30‐day readmission rate of 17.4%. In 11,694 index cases (5.2%), the patient died within 30 days without being readmitted. Median readmission rate was 16.3%, 25th and 75th percentile rates were 11.1% and 21.3%, and at the 10th and 90th percentile, hospital readmission rates ranged from 4.6% to 26.7% (Figure 2).

Figure 1
Pneumonia admissions included in measure calculation.
Figure 2
Distribution of unadjusted readmission rates.

The claims model included 39 variables (age, sex, and 37 clinical variables) (Table 1). The mean age of the cohort was 80.0 years, with 55.5% women and 11.1% nonwhite patients. Mean observed readmission rate in the development sample ranged from 9% in the lowest decile of predicted pneumonia readmission rates to 32% in the highest predicted decile, a range of 23%. The AUC was 0.63. For comparison, a model with only age and sex had an AUC of 0.51, and a model with all candidate variables had an AUC equal to 0.63 (Table 2).

Readmission Model Performance of Administrative Claims Models
 Calibration (0, 1)*DiscriminationResiduals Lack of Fit (Pearson Residual Fall %)Model 2 (No. of Covariates)
Predictive Ability (Lowest Decile, Highest Decile)AUC(<2)(2, 0)(0, 2)(2+)
  • NOTE: Over‐fitting indices (0, 1) provide evidence of over‐fitting and require several steps to calculate. Let b denote the estimated vector of regression coefficients. Predicted Probabilities (p) = 1/(1+exp{Xb}), and Z = Xb (eg, the linear predictor that is a scalar value for everyone). A new logistic regression model that includes only an intercept and a slope by regressing the logits on Z is fitted in the validation sample; eg, Logit(P(Y = 1|Z)) = 0 + 1Z. Estimated values of 0 far from 0 and estimated values of 1 far from 1 provide evidence of over‐fitting.

  • Abbreviations: AUC, area under the receiver operating curve.

  • Max‐rescaled R‐square.

  • Observed rates.

  • Wald chi‐square.

Development sample
2006(1st half) N = 226,545(0, 1)(0.09, 0.32)0.63082.627.399.996,843 (40)
Validation sample
2006(2nd half) N = 226,706(0.002, 0.997)(0.09, 0.31)0.63082.557.459.996,870 (40)
2005N = 536,015(0.035, 1.008)(0.08, 0.31)0.63082.677.3110.0316,241 (40)

Hospital Risk‐Standardized Readmission Rates

Risk‐standardized readmission rates varied across hospitals (Figure 3). Median risk‐standardized readmission rate was 17.3%, and the 25th and 75th percentiles were 16.9% and 17.9%, respectively. The 5th percentile was 16.0% and the 95th percentile was 19.1%. Odds of readmission for a hospital one standard deviation above average was 1.4 times that of a hospital one standard deviation below average.

Figure 3
Distribution of risk‐standardized readmission rates.

Administrative Model Validation

In the remaining 50% of pneumonia index hospitalizations from 2006, and the entire 2005 cohort, regression coefficients and standard errors of model variables were similar to those in the development data set. Model performance using 2005 data was consistent with model performance using the 2006 development and validation half‐samples (Table 2).

Medical Record Validation

After exclusions, the medical record sample taken from the National Pneumonia Project included 47,429 cases, with an unadjusted 30‐day readmission rate of 17.0%. The final medical record risk‐adjustment model included a total of 35 variables, whose prevalence and association with readmission risk varied modestly (Table 3). Performance of the medical record and administrative models was similar (areas under the ROC curve 0.59 and 0.63, respectively) (Table 4). Additionally, in the administrative model, predicted readmission rates ranged from 8% in the lowest predicted decile to 30% in the highest predicted decile, while in the medical record model, the corresponding rates varied from 10% to 26%.

Regression Model Results from Medical Record Sample
VariablePercentEstimateStandard ErrorOdds Ratio95% CI
  • NOTE: Between‐state variance = 0.024; standard error = 0.00.

  • Abbreviations: BP, blood pressure; BUN, blood urea nitrogen; CI, confidence interval; SD, standard deviation; WBC, white blood cell count.

Age 65, mean (SD)15.24 (7.87)0.0030.0020.9970.9931.000
Male46.180.1220.0251.1301.0751.188
Nursing home resident17.710.0350.0371.0360.9631.114
Neoplastic disease6.800.1300.0491.1391.0341.254
Liver disease1.040.0890.1230.9150.7191.164
History of heart failure28.980.2340.0291.2641.1941.339
History of renal disease8.510.1880.0471.2061.1001.323
Altered mental status17.950.0090.0341.0090.9441.080
Pleural effusion21.200.1650.0301.1791.1111.251
BUN 30 mg/dl23.280.1600.0331.1741.1001.252
BUN missing14.560.1010.1850.9040.6301.298
Systolic BP <90 mmHg2.950.0680.0701.0700.9321.228
Systolic BP missing11.210.1490.4251.1600.5042.669
Pulse 125/min7.730.0360.0471.0360.9451.137
Pulse missing11.220.2100.4051.2340.5582.729
Respiratory rate 30/min16.380.0790.0341.0821.0121.157
Respiratory rate missing11.390.2040.2401.2260.7651.964
Sodium <130 mmol/L4.820.1360.0571.1451.0251.280
Sodium missing14.390.0490.1431.0500.7931.391
Glucose 250 mg/dl5.190.0050.0570.9950.8891.114
Glucose missing15.440.1560.1050.8550.6961.051
Hematocrit <30%7.770.2700.0441.3101.2021.428
Hematocrit missing13.620.0710.1350.9320.7151.215
Creatinine 2.5 mg/dL4.680.1090.0621.1150.9891.258
Creatinine missing14.630.2000.1671.2210.8801.695
WBC 6‐12 b/L38.040.0210.0490.9790.8891.079
WBC >12 b/L41.450.0680.0490.9340.8481.029
WBC missing12.850.1670.1621.1810.8601.623
Immunosuppressive therapy15.010.3470.0351.4151.3211.516
Chronic lung disease42.160.1370.0281.1471.0861.211
Coronary artery disease39.570.1500.0281.1621.1001.227
Diabetes mellitus20.900.1370.0331.1471.0761.223
Alcohol/drug abuse3.400.0990.0710.9060.7881.041
Dementia/Alzheimer's disease16.380.1250.0381.1331.0521.222
Splenectomy0.440.0160.1861.0160.7061.463
Model Performance of Medical Record Model
ModelCalibration (0, 1)*DiscriminationResiduals Lack of Fit (Pearson Residual Fall %)Model 2 (No. of Covariates)
Predictive Ability (Lowest Decile, Highest Decile)AUC(<2)(2, 0)(0, 2)(2+)
  • Abbreviations: AUC, area under the receiver operating curve.

  • Max‐rescaled R‐square.

  • Observed rates.

  • Wald chi‐square.

Medical Record Model Development Sample (NP)
N = 47,429 No. of 30‐day readmissions = 8,042(1, 0)(0.10, 0.26)0.59083.045.2811.68710 (35)
Linked Administrative Model Validation Sample
N = 47,429 No. of 30‐day readmissions = 8,042(1, 0)(0.08, 0.30)0.63083.046.9410.011,414 (40)

The correlation coefficient of the estimated state‐specific standardized readmission rates from the administrative and medical record models was 0.96, and the proportion of the variance explained by the model was 0.92 (Figure 4).

Figure 4
Comparison of state‐level risk‐standardized readmission rates from medical record and administrative models. Abbreviations: HGLM, hierarchical generalized linear models.

DISCUSSION

We have described the development, validation, and results of a hospital, 30‐day, risk‐standardized readmission model for pneumonia that was created to support current federal transparency initiatives. The model uses administrative claims data from Medicare fee‐for‐service patients and produces results that are comparable to a model based on information obtained through manual abstraction of medical records. We observed an overall 30‐day readmission rate of 17%, and our analyses revealed substantial variation across US hospitals, suggesting that improvement by lower performing institutions is an achievable goal.

Because more than one in six pneumonia patients are rehospitalized shortly after discharge, and because pneumonia hospitalizations represent an enormous expense to the Medicare program, prevention of readmissions is now widely recognized to offer a substantial opportunity to improve patient outcomes while simultaneously lowering health care costs. Accordingly, promotion of strategies to reduce readmission rates has become a key priority for payers and quality‐improvement organizations. These range from policy‐level attempts to stimulate change, such as publicly reporting hospital readmission rates on government websites, to establishing accreditation standardssuch as the Joint Commission's requirement to accurately reconcile medications, to the creation of quality improvement collaboratives focused on sharing best practices across institutions. Regardless of the approach taken, a valid, risk‐adjusted measure of performance is required to evaluate and track performance over time. The measure we have described meets the National Quality Forum's measure evaluation criteria in that it addresses an important clinical topic for which there appears to be significant opportunities for improvement, the measure is precisely defined and has been subjected to validity and reliability testing, it is risk‐adjusted based on patient clinical factors present at the start of care, is feasible to produce, and is understandable by a broad range of potential users.21 Because hospitalists are the physicians primarily responsible for the care of patients with pneumonia at US hospitals, and because they frequently serve as the physician champions for quality improvement activities related to pneumonia, it is especially important that they maintain a thorough understanding of the measures and methodologies underlying current efforts to measure hospital performance.

Several features of our approach warrant additional comment. First, we deliberately chose to measure all readmission events rather than attempt to discriminate between potentially preventable and nonpreventable readmissions. From the patient perspective, readmission for any reason is a concern, and limiting the measure to pneumonia‐related readmissions could make it susceptible to gaming by hospitals. Moreover, determining whether a readmission is related to a potential quality problem is not straightforward. For example, a patient with pneumonia whose discharge medications were prescribed incorrectly may be readmitted with a hip fracture following an episode of syncope. It would be inappropriate to treat this readmission as unrelated to the care the patient received for pneumonia. Additionally, while our approach does not presume that every readmission is preventable, the goal is to reduce the risk of readmissions generally (not just in narrowly defined subpopulations), and successful interventions to reduce rehospitalization have typically demonstrated reductions in all‐cause readmission.9, 22 Second, deaths that occurred within 30 days of discharge, yet that were not accompanied by a hospital readmission, were not counted as a readmission outcome. While it may seem inappropriate to treat a postdischarge death as a nonevent (rather than censoring or excluding such cases), alternative analytic approaches, such as using a hierarchical survival model, are not currently computationally feasible with large national data sets. Fortunately, only a relatively small proportion of discharges fell into this category (5.2% of index cases in the 2006 development sample died within 30 days of discharge without being readmitted). An alternative approach to handling the competing outcome of death would have been to use a composite outcome of readmission or death. However, we believe that it is important to report the outcomes separately because factors that predict readmission and mortality may differ, and when making comparisons across hospitals it would not be possible to determine whether differences in rate were due to readmission or mortality. Third, while the patient‐level readmission model showed only modest discrimination, we intentionally excluded covariates such as race and socioeconomic status, as well as in‐hospital events and potential complications of care, and whether patients were discharged home or to a skilled nursing facility. While these variables could have improved predictive ability, they may be directly or indirectly related to quality or supply factors that should not be included in a model that seeks to control for patient clinical characteristics. For example, if hospitals with a large share of poor patients have higher readmission rates, then including income in the model will obscure differences that are important to identify. While we believe that the decision to exclude such factors in the model is in the best interest of patients, and supports efforts to reduce health inequality in society more generally, we also recognize that hospitals that care for a disproportionate share of poor patients are likely to require additional resources to overcome these social factors. Fourth, we limited the analysis to patients with a principal diagnosis of pneumonia, and chose not to also include those with a principal diagnosis of sepsis or respiratory failure coupled with a secondary diagnosis of pneumonia. While the broader definition is used by CMS in the National Pneumonia Project, that initiative relied on chart abstraction to differentiate pneumonia present at the time of admission from cases developing as a complication of hospitalization. Additionally, we did not attempt to differentiate between community‐acquired and healthcare‐associated pneumonia, however our approach is consistent with the National Pneumonia Project and Pneumonia Patient Outcomes Research Team.18 Fifth, while our model estimates readmission rates at the hospital level, we recognize that readmissions are influenced by a complex and extensive range of factors. In this context, greater cooperation between hospitals and other care providers will almost certainly be required in order to achieve dramatic improvement in readmission rates, which in turn will depend upon changes to the way serious illness is paid for. Some options that have recently been described include imposing financial penalties for early readmission, extending the boundaries of case‐based payment beyond hospital discharge, and bundling payments between hospitals and physicians.2325

Our measure has several limitations. First, our models were developed and validated using Medicare data, and the results may not apply to pneumonia patients less than 65 years of age. However, most patients hospitalized with pneumonia in the US are 65 or older. In addition, we were unable to test the model with a Medicare managed care population, because data are not currently available on such patients. Finally, the medical record‐based validation was conducted by state‐level analysis because the sample size was insufficient to carry this out at the hospital level.

In conclusion, more than 17% of Medicare beneficiaries are readmitted within 30 days following discharge after a hospitalization for pneumonia, and rates vary substantially across institutions. The development of a valid measure of hospital performance and public reporting are important first steps towards focusing attention on this problem. Actual improvement will now depend on whether hospitals and partner organizations are successful at identifying and implementing effective methods to prevent readmission.

Files
References
  1. Jencks SF,Williams MV,Coleman EA.Rehospitalizations among patients in the Medicare Fee‐for‐Service Program.N Engl J Med.2009;360(14):14181428.
  2. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission.Report to the Congress: Promoting Greater Efficiency in Medicare.2007.
  3. Levit K,Wier L,Ryan K,Elixhauser A,Stranges E. HCUP Facts and Figures: Statistics on Hospital‐based Care in the United States, 2007.2009. Available at: http://www.hcup‐us.ahrq.gov/reports.jsp. Accessed November 7, 2009.
  4. Centers for Medicare 353(3):255264.
  5. Baker DW,Einstadter D,Husak SS,Cebul RD.Trends in postdischarge mortality and readmissions: has length of stay declined too far?Arch Intern Med.2004;164(5):538544.
  6. Vecchiarino P,Bohannon RW,Ferullo J,Maljanian R.Short‐term outcomes and their predictors for patients hospitalized with community‐acquired pneumonia.Heart Lung.2004;33(5):301307.
  7. Dean NC,Bateman KA,Donnelly SM, et al.Improved clinical outcomes with utilization of a community‐acquired pneumonia guideline.Chest.2006;130(3):794799.
  8. Gleason PP,Meehan TP,Fine JM,Galusha DH,Fine MJ.Associations between initial antimicrobial therapy and medical outcomes for hospitalized elderly patients with pneumonia.Arch Intern Med.1999;159(21):25622572.
  9. Benbassat J,Taragin M.Hospital readmissions as a measure of quality of health care: advantages and limitations.Arch Intern Med.2000;160(8):10741081.
  10. Coleman EA,Parry C,Chalmers S,Min S.The care transitions intervention: results of a randomized controlled trial.Arch Intern Med.2006;166(17):18221828.
  11. Corrigan JM, Eden J, Smith BM, eds.Leadership by Example: Coordinating Government Roles in Improving Health Care Quality. Committee on Enhancing Federal Healthcare Quality Programs.Washington, DC:National Academies Press,2003.
  12. Medicare.gov—Hospital Compare. Available at: http://www.hospitalcompare.hhs.gov/Hospital/Search/Welcome.asp?version=default1(1):2937.
  13. Krumholz HM,Normand ST,Spertus JA,Shahian DM,Bradley EH.Measuring performance for treating heart attacks and heart failure: the case for outcomes measurement.Health Aff.2007;26(1):7585.
  14. NQF‐Endorsed® Standards. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Measures_List.aspx. Accessed November 6,2009.
  15. Houck PM,Bratzler DW,Nsa W,Ma A,Bartlett JG.Timing of antibiotic administration and outcomes for Medicare patients hospitalized with community‐acquired pneumonia.Arch Intern Med.2004;164(6):637644.
  16. Pope G,Ellis R,Ash A. Diagnostic Cost Group Hierarchical Condition Category Models for Medicare Risk Adjustment. Report prepared for the Health Care Financing Administration. Health Economics Research, Inc;2000. Available at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/Reports/Reports/ItemDetail.asp?ItemID=CMS023176. Accessed November 7, 2009.
  17. Harrell FEJ.Regression Modeling Strategies: With Applications to Linear Models, Logistic Regression, and Survival Analysis.1st ed.New York:Springer;2006.
  18. National Quality Forum—Measure Evaluation Criteria.2008. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/uploadedFiles/Quality_Forum/Measuring_Performance/Consensus_Development_Process%E2%80%99s_Principle/EvalCriteria2008–08‐28Final.pdf?n=4701.
  19. Naylor MD,Brooten D,Campbell R, et al.Comprehensive discharge planning and home follow‐up of hospitalized elders: a randomized clinical trial.JAMA.1999;281(7):613620.
  20. Davis K.Paying for care episodes and care coordination.N Engl J Med.2007;356(11):11661168.
  21. Luft HS.Health care reform—toward more freedom, and responsibility, for physicians.N Engl J Med.2009;361(6):623628.
  22. Rosenthal MB.Beyond pay for performance—emerging models of provider‐payment reform.N Engl J Med.2008;359(12):11971200.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 6(3)
Page Number
142-150
Legacy Keywords
cost analysis, cost per day, end of life, hospice, length of stay, palliative care, triggers
Sections
Files
Files
Article PDF
Article PDF

Hospital readmissions are emblematic of the numerous challenges facing the US health care system. Despite high levels of spending, nearly 20% of Medicare beneficiaries are readmitted within 30 days of hospital discharge, many readmissions are considered preventable, and rates vary widely by hospital and region.1 Further, while readmissions have been estimated to cost taxpayers as much as $17 billion annually, the current fee‐for‐service method of paying for the acute care needs of seniors rewards hospitals financially for readmission, not their prevention.2

Pneumonia is the second most common reason for hospitalization among Medicare beneficiaries, accounting for approximately 650,000 admissions annually,3 and has been a focus of national quality‐improvement efforts for more than a decade.4, 5 Despite improvements in key processes of care, rates of readmission within 30 days of discharge following a hospitalization for pneumonia have been reported to vary from 10% to 24%.68 Among several factors, readmissions are believed to be influenced by the quality of both inpatient and outpatient care, and by care‐coordination activities occurring in the transition from inpatient to outpatient status.912

Public reporting of hospital performance is considered a key strategy for improving quality, reducing costs, and increasing the value of hospital care, both in the US and worldwide.13 In 2009, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) expanded its reporting initiatives by adding risk‐adjusted hospital readmission rates for acute myocardial infarction, heart failure, and pneumonia to the Hospital Compare website.14, 15 Readmission rates are an attractive focus for public reporting for several reasons. First, in contrast to most process‐based measures of quality (eg, whether a patient with pneumonia received a particular antibiotic), a readmission is an adverse outcome that matters to patients and families.16 Second, unlike process measures whose assessment requires detailed review of medical records, readmissions can be easily determined from standard hospital claims. Finally, readmissions are costly, and their prevention could yield substantial savings to society.

A necessary prerequisite for public reporting of readmission is a validated, risk‐adjusted measure that can be used to track performance over time and can facilitate comparisons across institutions. Toward this end, we describe the development, validation, and results of a National Quality Forum‐approved and CMS‐adopted model to estimate hospital‐specific, risk‐standardized, 30‐day readmission rates for Medicare patients hospitalized with pneumonia.17

METHODS

Data Sources

We used 20052006 claims data from Medicare inpatient, outpatient, and carrier (physician) Standard Analytic Files to develop and validate the administrative model. The Medicare Enrollment Database was used to determine Medicare fee‐for‐service enrollment and mortality statuses. A medical record model, used for additional validation of the administrative model, was developed using information abstracted from the charts of 75,616 pneumonia cases from 19982001 as part of the National Pneumonia Project, a CMS quality improvement initiative.18

Study Cohort

We identified hospitalizations of patients 65 years of age and older with a principal diagnosis of pneumonia (International Classification of Diseases, 9th Revision, Clinical Modification codes 480.XX, 481, 482.XX, 483.X, 485, 486, 487.0) as potential index pneumonia admissions. Because our focus was readmission for patients discharged from acute care settings, we excluded admissions in which patients died or were transferred to another acute care facility. Additionally, we restricted analysis to patients who had been enrolled in fee‐for‐service Medicare Parts A and B, for at least 12 months prior to their pneumonia hospitalization, so that we could use diagnostic codes from all inpatient and outpatient encounters during that period to enhance identification of comorbidities.

Outcome

The outcome was 30‐day readmission, defined as occurrence of at least one hospitalization for any cause within 30 days of discharge after an index admission. Readmissions were identified from hospital claims data, and were attributed to the hospital that had discharged the patient. A 30‐day time frame was selected because it is a clinically meaningful period during which hospitals can be expected to collaborate with other organizations and providers to implement measures to reduce the risk of rehospitalization.

Candidate and Final Model Variables

Candidate variables for the administrative claims model were selected by a clinician team from 189 diagnostic groups included in the Hierarchical Condition Category (HCC) clinical classification system.19 The HCC clinical classification system was developed for CMS in preparation for all‐encounter risk adjustment for Medicare Advantage (managed care). Under the HCC algorithm, the 15,000+ ICD‐9‐CM diagnosis codes are assigned to one of 189 clinically‐coherent condition categories (CCs). We used the April 2008 version of the ICD‐9‐CM to CC assignment map, which is maintained by CMS and posted at http://www.qualitynet.org. A total of 154 CCs were considered to be potentially relevant to readmission outcome and were included for further consideration. Some CCs were further combined into clinically coherent groupings of CCs. Our set of candidate variables ultimately included 97 CC‐based variables, two demographic variables (age and sex), and two procedure codes potentially relevant to readmission risk (history of percutaneous coronary intervention [PCI] and history of coronary artery bypass graft [CABG]).

The final risk‐adjustment model included 39 variables selected by the team of clinicians and analysts, primarily based on their clinical relevance but also with knowledge of the strength of their statistical association with readmission outcome (Table 1). For each patient, the presence or absence of these conditions was assessed from multiple sources, including secondary diagnoses during the index admission, principal and secondary diagnoses from hospital admissions in the 12 months prior to the index admission, and diagnoses from hospital outpatient and physician encounters 12 months before the index admission. A small number of CCs were considered to represent potential complications of care (eg, bleeding). Because we did not want to adjust for complications of care occurring during the index admission, a patient was not considered to have one of these conditions unless it was also present in at least one encounter prior to the index admission.

Regression Model Variables and Results in Derivation Sample
VariableFrequenciesEstimateStandard ErrorOdds Ratio95% CI 
  • Abbreviations: CABG, coronary artery bypass graft; CC, condition category; CI, confidence interval; COPD, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; DM, diabetes mellitus.

Intercept 2.3950.021   
Age 65 (years above 65, continuous) 0.00010.0011.0000.9981.001
Male450.0710.0121.0731.0481.099
History of CABG5.20.1790.0270.8360.7930.881
Metastatic cancer and acute leukemia (CC 7)4.30.1770.0291.1941.1281.263
Lung, upper digestive tract, and other severe cancers (CC 8)6.00.2560.0241.2921.2321.354
Diabetes and DM complications (CC 15‐20, 119, 120)360.0590.0121.0611.0361.087
Disorders of fluid/electrolyte/acid‐base (CC 22, 23)340.1490.0131.1601.1311.191
Iron deficiency and other/unspecified anemias and blood disease (CC 47)460.1180.0121.1261.0991.153
Other psychiatric disorders (CC 60)120.1080.0171.1141.0771.151
Cardio‐respiratory failure and shock (CC 79)160.1140.0161.1211.0871.156
Congestive heart failure (CC 80)390.1510.0141.1631.1331.194
Chronic atherosclerosis (CC 83, 84)470.0510.0131.0531.0271.079
Valvular and rheumatic heart disease (CC 86)230.0620.0141.0641.0361.093
Arrhythmias (CC 92, 93)380.1260.0131.1341.1071.163
Vascular or circulatory disease (CC 104‐106)380.0880.0121.0921.0661.119
COPD (CC 108)580.1860.0131.2051.1751.235
Fibrosis of lung and other chronic lung disorders (CC 109)170.0860.0151.0901.0591.122
Renal failure (CC 131)170.1470.0161.1581.1221.196
Protein‐calorie malnutrition (CC 21)7.90.1210.0201.1291.0861.173
History of infection (CC 1, 3‐6)350.0680.0121.0711.0451.097
Severe hematological disorders (CC 44)3.60.1170.0281.1251.0641.188
Decubitus ulcer or chronic skin ulcer (CC 148, 149)100.1010.0181.1061.0671.146
History of pneumonia (CC 111‐113)440.0650.0131.0671.0411.094
Vertebral fractures (CC 157)5.10.1130.0241.1201.0681.174
Other injuries (CC 162)320.0610.0121.0631.0381.089
Urinary tract infection (CC 135)260.0640.0141.0661.0381.095
Lymphatic, head and neck, brain, and other major cancers; breast, prostate, colorectal, and other cancers and tumors (CC 9‐10)160.0500.0161.0511.0181.084
End‐stage renal disease or dialysis (CC 129, 130)1.90.1310.0371.1401.0601.226
Drug/alcohol abuse/dependence/psychosis (CC 51‐53)120.0810.0171.0841.0481.121
Septicemia/shock (CC 2)6.30.0940.0221.0981.0521.146
Other gastrointestinal disorders (CC 36)560.0730.0121.0761.0511.102
Acute coronary syndrome (CC 81, 82)8.30.1260.0191.1341.0921.178
Pleural effusion/pneumothorax (CC 114)120.0830.0171.0861.0511.123
Other urinary tract disorders (CC 136)240.0590.0141.0611.0331.090
Stroke (CC 95, 96)100.0470.0191.0491.0111.088
Dementia and senility (CC 49, 50)270.0310.0141.0311.0041.059
Hemiplegia, paraplegia, paralysis, functional disability (CC 67‐69, 100‐102, 177, 178)7.40.0680.0211.0701.0261.116
Other lung disorders (CC 115)450.0050.0121.0050.9821.030
Major psychiatric disorders (CC 54‐56)110.0380.0181.0381.0031.075
Asthma (CC 110)120.0060.0181.0060.9721.041

Model Derivation

For the development of the administrative claims model, we randomly sampled half of 2006 hospitalizations that met inclusion criteria. To assess model performance at the patient level, we calculated the area under the receiver operating curve (AUC), and calculated observed readmission rates in the lowest and highest deciles on the basis of predicted readmission probabilities. We also compared performance with a null model, a model that adjusted for age and sex, and a model that included all candidate variables.20

Risk‐Standardized Readmission Rates

Using hierarchical logistic regression, we modeled the log‐odds of readmission within 30 days of discharge from an index pneumonia admission as a function of patient demographic and clinical characteristics, and a random hospital‐specific intercept. This strategy accounts for within‐hospital correlation, or clustering, of observed outcomes, and models the assumption that underlying differences in quality among hospitals being evaluated lead to systematic differences in outcomes. We then calculated hospital‐specific readmission rates as the ratio of predicted‐to‐expected readmissions (similar to observed/expected ratio), multiplied by the national unadjusted ratea form of indirect standardization. Predicted number of readmissions in each hospital is estimated given the same patient mix and its estimated hospital‐specific intercept. Expected number of readmissions in each hospital is estimated using its patient mix and the average hospital‐specific intercept. To assess hospital performance in any given year, we re‐estimate model coefficients using that year's data.

Model Validation: Administrative Claims

We compared the model performance in the development sample with its performance in the sample from the 2006 data that was not selected for the development set, and separately among pneumonia admissions in 2005. The model was recalibrated in each validation set.

Model Validation: Medical Record Abstraction

We developed a separate medical record‐based model of readmission risk using information from charts that had previously been abstracted as part of CMS's National Pneumonia Project. To select variables for this model, the clinician team: 1) reviewed the list of variables that were included in a medical record model that was previously developed for validating the National Quality Forum‐approved pneumonia mortality measure; 2) reviewed a list of other potential candidate variables available in the National Pneumonia Project dataset; and 3) reviewed variables that emerged as potentially important predictors of readmission, based on a systematic review of the literature that was conducted as part of measure development. This selection process resulted in a final medical record model that included 35 variables.

We linked patients in the National Pneumonia Project cohort to their Medicare claims data, including claims from one year before the index hospitalization, so that we could calculate risk‐standardized readmission rates in this cohort separately using medical record and claims‐based models. This analysis was conducted at the state level, for the 50 states plus the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, because medical record data were unavailable in sufficient numbers to permit hospital‐level comparisons. To examine the relationship between risk‐standardized rates obtained from medical record and administrative data models, we estimated a linear regression model describing the association between the two rates, weighting each state by number of index hospitalizations, and calculated the correlation coefficient and the intercept and slope of this equation. A slope close to 1 and an intercept close to 0 would provide evidence that risk‐standardized state readmission rates from the medical record and claims models were similar. We also calculated the difference between state risk‐standardized readmission rates from the two models.

Analyses were conducted with the use of SAS version 9.1.3 (SAS Institute Inc, Cary, NC). Models were fitted separately for the National Pneumonia Project and 2006 cohort. We estimated the hierarchical models using the GLIMMIX procedure in SAS. The Human Investigation Committee at the Yale School of Medicine approved an exemption for the authors to use CMS claims and enrollment data for research analyses and publication.

RESULTS

Model Derivation and Performance

After exclusions were applied, the 2006 sample included 453,251 pneumonia hospitalizations (Figure 1). The development sample consisted of 226,545 hospitalizations at 4675 hospitals, with an overall unadjusted 30‐day readmission rate of 17.4%. In 11,694 index cases (5.2%), the patient died within 30 days without being readmitted. Median readmission rate was 16.3%, 25th and 75th percentile rates were 11.1% and 21.3%, and at the 10th and 90th percentile, hospital readmission rates ranged from 4.6% to 26.7% (Figure 2).

Figure 1
Pneumonia admissions included in measure calculation.
Figure 2
Distribution of unadjusted readmission rates.

The claims model included 39 variables (age, sex, and 37 clinical variables) (Table 1). The mean age of the cohort was 80.0 years, with 55.5% women and 11.1% nonwhite patients. Mean observed readmission rate in the development sample ranged from 9% in the lowest decile of predicted pneumonia readmission rates to 32% in the highest predicted decile, a range of 23%. The AUC was 0.63. For comparison, a model with only age and sex had an AUC of 0.51, and a model with all candidate variables had an AUC equal to 0.63 (Table 2).

Readmission Model Performance of Administrative Claims Models
 Calibration (0, 1)*DiscriminationResiduals Lack of Fit (Pearson Residual Fall %)Model 2 (No. of Covariates)
Predictive Ability (Lowest Decile, Highest Decile)AUC(<2)(2, 0)(0, 2)(2+)
  • NOTE: Over‐fitting indices (0, 1) provide evidence of over‐fitting and require several steps to calculate. Let b denote the estimated vector of regression coefficients. Predicted Probabilities (p) = 1/(1+exp{Xb}), and Z = Xb (eg, the linear predictor that is a scalar value for everyone). A new logistic regression model that includes only an intercept and a slope by regressing the logits on Z is fitted in the validation sample; eg, Logit(P(Y = 1|Z)) = 0 + 1Z. Estimated values of 0 far from 0 and estimated values of 1 far from 1 provide evidence of over‐fitting.

  • Abbreviations: AUC, area under the receiver operating curve.

  • Max‐rescaled R‐square.

  • Observed rates.

  • Wald chi‐square.

Development sample
2006(1st half) N = 226,545(0, 1)(0.09, 0.32)0.63082.627.399.996,843 (40)
Validation sample
2006(2nd half) N = 226,706(0.002, 0.997)(0.09, 0.31)0.63082.557.459.996,870 (40)
2005N = 536,015(0.035, 1.008)(0.08, 0.31)0.63082.677.3110.0316,241 (40)

Hospital Risk‐Standardized Readmission Rates

Risk‐standardized readmission rates varied across hospitals (Figure 3). Median risk‐standardized readmission rate was 17.3%, and the 25th and 75th percentiles were 16.9% and 17.9%, respectively. The 5th percentile was 16.0% and the 95th percentile was 19.1%. Odds of readmission for a hospital one standard deviation above average was 1.4 times that of a hospital one standard deviation below average.

Figure 3
Distribution of risk‐standardized readmission rates.

Administrative Model Validation

In the remaining 50% of pneumonia index hospitalizations from 2006, and the entire 2005 cohort, regression coefficients and standard errors of model variables were similar to those in the development data set. Model performance using 2005 data was consistent with model performance using the 2006 development and validation half‐samples (Table 2).

Medical Record Validation

After exclusions, the medical record sample taken from the National Pneumonia Project included 47,429 cases, with an unadjusted 30‐day readmission rate of 17.0%. The final medical record risk‐adjustment model included a total of 35 variables, whose prevalence and association with readmission risk varied modestly (Table 3). Performance of the medical record and administrative models was similar (areas under the ROC curve 0.59 and 0.63, respectively) (Table 4). Additionally, in the administrative model, predicted readmission rates ranged from 8% in the lowest predicted decile to 30% in the highest predicted decile, while in the medical record model, the corresponding rates varied from 10% to 26%.

Regression Model Results from Medical Record Sample
VariablePercentEstimateStandard ErrorOdds Ratio95% CI
  • NOTE: Between‐state variance = 0.024; standard error = 0.00.

  • Abbreviations: BP, blood pressure; BUN, blood urea nitrogen; CI, confidence interval; SD, standard deviation; WBC, white blood cell count.

Age 65, mean (SD)15.24 (7.87)0.0030.0020.9970.9931.000
Male46.180.1220.0251.1301.0751.188
Nursing home resident17.710.0350.0371.0360.9631.114
Neoplastic disease6.800.1300.0491.1391.0341.254
Liver disease1.040.0890.1230.9150.7191.164
History of heart failure28.980.2340.0291.2641.1941.339
History of renal disease8.510.1880.0471.2061.1001.323
Altered mental status17.950.0090.0341.0090.9441.080
Pleural effusion21.200.1650.0301.1791.1111.251
BUN 30 mg/dl23.280.1600.0331.1741.1001.252
BUN missing14.560.1010.1850.9040.6301.298
Systolic BP <90 mmHg2.950.0680.0701.0700.9321.228
Systolic BP missing11.210.1490.4251.1600.5042.669
Pulse 125/min7.730.0360.0471.0360.9451.137
Pulse missing11.220.2100.4051.2340.5582.729
Respiratory rate 30/min16.380.0790.0341.0821.0121.157
Respiratory rate missing11.390.2040.2401.2260.7651.964
Sodium <130 mmol/L4.820.1360.0571.1451.0251.280
Sodium missing14.390.0490.1431.0500.7931.391
Glucose 250 mg/dl5.190.0050.0570.9950.8891.114
Glucose missing15.440.1560.1050.8550.6961.051
Hematocrit <30%7.770.2700.0441.3101.2021.428
Hematocrit missing13.620.0710.1350.9320.7151.215
Creatinine 2.5 mg/dL4.680.1090.0621.1150.9891.258
Creatinine missing14.630.2000.1671.2210.8801.695
WBC 6‐12 b/L38.040.0210.0490.9790.8891.079
WBC >12 b/L41.450.0680.0490.9340.8481.029
WBC missing12.850.1670.1621.1810.8601.623
Immunosuppressive therapy15.010.3470.0351.4151.3211.516
Chronic lung disease42.160.1370.0281.1471.0861.211
Coronary artery disease39.570.1500.0281.1621.1001.227
Diabetes mellitus20.900.1370.0331.1471.0761.223
Alcohol/drug abuse3.400.0990.0710.9060.7881.041
Dementia/Alzheimer's disease16.380.1250.0381.1331.0521.222
Splenectomy0.440.0160.1861.0160.7061.463
Model Performance of Medical Record Model
ModelCalibration (0, 1)*DiscriminationResiduals Lack of Fit (Pearson Residual Fall %)Model 2 (No. of Covariates)
Predictive Ability (Lowest Decile, Highest Decile)AUC(<2)(2, 0)(0, 2)(2+)
  • Abbreviations: AUC, area under the receiver operating curve.

  • Max‐rescaled R‐square.

  • Observed rates.

  • Wald chi‐square.

Medical Record Model Development Sample (NP)
N = 47,429 No. of 30‐day readmissions = 8,042(1, 0)(0.10, 0.26)0.59083.045.2811.68710 (35)
Linked Administrative Model Validation Sample
N = 47,429 No. of 30‐day readmissions = 8,042(1, 0)(0.08, 0.30)0.63083.046.9410.011,414 (40)

The correlation coefficient of the estimated state‐specific standardized readmission rates from the administrative and medical record models was 0.96, and the proportion of the variance explained by the model was 0.92 (Figure 4).

Figure 4
Comparison of state‐level risk‐standardized readmission rates from medical record and administrative models. Abbreviations: HGLM, hierarchical generalized linear models.

DISCUSSION

We have described the development, validation, and results of a hospital, 30‐day, risk‐standardized readmission model for pneumonia that was created to support current federal transparency initiatives. The model uses administrative claims data from Medicare fee‐for‐service patients and produces results that are comparable to a model based on information obtained through manual abstraction of medical records. We observed an overall 30‐day readmission rate of 17%, and our analyses revealed substantial variation across US hospitals, suggesting that improvement by lower performing institutions is an achievable goal.

Because more than one in six pneumonia patients are rehospitalized shortly after discharge, and because pneumonia hospitalizations represent an enormous expense to the Medicare program, prevention of readmissions is now widely recognized to offer a substantial opportunity to improve patient outcomes while simultaneously lowering health care costs. Accordingly, promotion of strategies to reduce readmission rates has become a key priority for payers and quality‐improvement organizations. These range from policy‐level attempts to stimulate change, such as publicly reporting hospital readmission rates on government websites, to establishing accreditation standardssuch as the Joint Commission's requirement to accurately reconcile medications, to the creation of quality improvement collaboratives focused on sharing best practices across institutions. Regardless of the approach taken, a valid, risk‐adjusted measure of performance is required to evaluate and track performance over time. The measure we have described meets the National Quality Forum's measure evaluation criteria in that it addresses an important clinical topic for which there appears to be significant opportunities for improvement, the measure is precisely defined and has been subjected to validity and reliability testing, it is risk‐adjusted based on patient clinical factors present at the start of care, is feasible to produce, and is understandable by a broad range of potential users.21 Because hospitalists are the physicians primarily responsible for the care of patients with pneumonia at US hospitals, and because they frequently serve as the physician champions for quality improvement activities related to pneumonia, it is especially important that they maintain a thorough understanding of the measures and methodologies underlying current efforts to measure hospital performance.

Several features of our approach warrant additional comment. First, we deliberately chose to measure all readmission events rather than attempt to discriminate between potentially preventable and nonpreventable readmissions. From the patient perspective, readmission for any reason is a concern, and limiting the measure to pneumonia‐related readmissions could make it susceptible to gaming by hospitals. Moreover, determining whether a readmission is related to a potential quality problem is not straightforward. For example, a patient with pneumonia whose discharge medications were prescribed incorrectly may be readmitted with a hip fracture following an episode of syncope. It would be inappropriate to treat this readmission as unrelated to the care the patient received for pneumonia. Additionally, while our approach does not presume that every readmission is preventable, the goal is to reduce the risk of readmissions generally (not just in narrowly defined subpopulations), and successful interventions to reduce rehospitalization have typically demonstrated reductions in all‐cause readmission.9, 22 Second, deaths that occurred within 30 days of discharge, yet that were not accompanied by a hospital readmission, were not counted as a readmission outcome. While it may seem inappropriate to treat a postdischarge death as a nonevent (rather than censoring or excluding such cases), alternative analytic approaches, such as using a hierarchical survival model, are not currently computationally feasible with large national data sets. Fortunately, only a relatively small proportion of discharges fell into this category (5.2% of index cases in the 2006 development sample died within 30 days of discharge without being readmitted). An alternative approach to handling the competing outcome of death would have been to use a composite outcome of readmission or death. However, we believe that it is important to report the outcomes separately because factors that predict readmission and mortality may differ, and when making comparisons across hospitals it would not be possible to determine whether differences in rate were due to readmission or mortality. Third, while the patient‐level readmission model showed only modest discrimination, we intentionally excluded covariates such as race and socioeconomic status, as well as in‐hospital events and potential complications of care, and whether patients were discharged home or to a skilled nursing facility. While these variables could have improved predictive ability, they may be directly or indirectly related to quality or supply factors that should not be included in a model that seeks to control for patient clinical characteristics. For example, if hospitals with a large share of poor patients have higher readmission rates, then including income in the model will obscure differences that are important to identify. While we believe that the decision to exclude such factors in the model is in the best interest of patients, and supports efforts to reduce health inequality in society more generally, we also recognize that hospitals that care for a disproportionate share of poor patients are likely to require additional resources to overcome these social factors. Fourth, we limited the analysis to patients with a principal diagnosis of pneumonia, and chose not to also include those with a principal diagnosis of sepsis or respiratory failure coupled with a secondary diagnosis of pneumonia. While the broader definition is used by CMS in the National Pneumonia Project, that initiative relied on chart abstraction to differentiate pneumonia present at the time of admission from cases developing as a complication of hospitalization. Additionally, we did not attempt to differentiate between community‐acquired and healthcare‐associated pneumonia, however our approach is consistent with the National Pneumonia Project and Pneumonia Patient Outcomes Research Team.18 Fifth, while our model estimates readmission rates at the hospital level, we recognize that readmissions are influenced by a complex and extensive range of factors. In this context, greater cooperation between hospitals and other care providers will almost certainly be required in order to achieve dramatic improvement in readmission rates, which in turn will depend upon changes to the way serious illness is paid for. Some options that have recently been described include imposing financial penalties for early readmission, extending the boundaries of case‐based payment beyond hospital discharge, and bundling payments between hospitals and physicians.2325

Our measure has several limitations. First, our models were developed and validated using Medicare data, and the results may not apply to pneumonia patients less than 65 years of age. However, most patients hospitalized with pneumonia in the US are 65 or older. In addition, we were unable to test the model with a Medicare managed care population, because data are not currently available on such patients. Finally, the medical record‐based validation was conducted by state‐level analysis because the sample size was insufficient to carry this out at the hospital level.

In conclusion, more than 17% of Medicare beneficiaries are readmitted within 30 days following discharge after a hospitalization for pneumonia, and rates vary substantially across institutions. The development of a valid measure of hospital performance and public reporting are important first steps towards focusing attention on this problem. Actual improvement will now depend on whether hospitals and partner organizations are successful at identifying and implementing effective methods to prevent readmission.

Hospital readmissions are emblematic of the numerous challenges facing the US health care system. Despite high levels of spending, nearly 20% of Medicare beneficiaries are readmitted within 30 days of hospital discharge, many readmissions are considered preventable, and rates vary widely by hospital and region.1 Further, while readmissions have been estimated to cost taxpayers as much as $17 billion annually, the current fee‐for‐service method of paying for the acute care needs of seniors rewards hospitals financially for readmission, not their prevention.2

Pneumonia is the second most common reason for hospitalization among Medicare beneficiaries, accounting for approximately 650,000 admissions annually,3 and has been a focus of national quality‐improvement efforts for more than a decade.4, 5 Despite improvements in key processes of care, rates of readmission within 30 days of discharge following a hospitalization for pneumonia have been reported to vary from 10% to 24%.68 Among several factors, readmissions are believed to be influenced by the quality of both inpatient and outpatient care, and by care‐coordination activities occurring in the transition from inpatient to outpatient status.912

Public reporting of hospital performance is considered a key strategy for improving quality, reducing costs, and increasing the value of hospital care, both in the US and worldwide.13 In 2009, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) expanded its reporting initiatives by adding risk‐adjusted hospital readmission rates for acute myocardial infarction, heart failure, and pneumonia to the Hospital Compare website.14, 15 Readmission rates are an attractive focus for public reporting for several reasons. First, in contrast to most process‐based measures of quality (eg, whether a patient with pneumonia received a particular antibiotic), a readmission is an adverse outcome that matters to patients and families.16 Second, unlike process measures whose assessment requires detailed review of medical records, readmissions can be easily determined from standard hospital claims. Finally, readmissions are costly, and their prevention could yield substantial savings to society.

A necessary prerequisite for public reporting of readmission is a validated, risk‐adjusted measure that can be used to track performance over time and can facilitate comparisons across institutions. Toward this end, we describe the development, validation, and results of a National Quality Forum‐approved and CMS‐adopted model to estimate hospital‐specific, risk‐standardized, 30‐day readmission rates for Medicare patients hospitalized with pneumonia.17

METHODS

Data Sources

We used 20052006 claims data from Medicare inpatient, outpatient, and carrier (physician) Standard Analytic Files to develop and validate the administrative model. The Medicare Enrollment Database was used to determine Medicare fee‐for‐service enrollment and mortality statuses. A medical record model, used for additional validation of the administrative model, was developed using information abstracted from the charts of 75,616 pneumonia cases from 19982001 as part of the National Pneumonia Project, a CMS quality improvement initiative.18

Study Cohort

We identified hospitalizations of patients 65 years of age and older with a principal diagnosis of pneumonia (International Classification of Diseases, 9th Revision, Clinical Modification codes 480.XX, 481, 482.XX, 483.X, 485, 486, 487.0) as potential index pneumonia admissions. Because our focus was readmission for patients discharged from acute care settings, we excluded admissions in which patients died or were transferred to another acute care facility. Additionally, we restricted analysis to patients who had been enrolled in fee‐for‐service Medicare Parts A and B, for at least 12 months prior to their pneumonia hospitalization, so that we could use diagnostic codes from all inpatient and outpatient encounters during that period to enhance identification of comorbidities.

Outcome

The outcome was 30‐day readmission, defined as occurrence of at least one hospitalization for any cause within 30 days of discharge after an index admission. Readmissions were identified from hospital claims data, and were attributed to the hospital that had discharged the patient. A 30‐day time frame was selected because it is a clinically meaningful period during which hospitals can be expected to collaborate with other organizations and providers to implement measures to reduce the risk of rehospitalization.

Candidate and Final Model Variables

Candidate variables for the administrative claims model were selected by a clinician team from 189 diagnostic groups included in the Hierarchical Condition Category (HCC) clinical classification system.19 The HCC clinical classification system was developed for CMS in preparation for all‐encounter risk adjustment for Medicare Advantage (managed care). Under the HCC algorithm, the 15,000+ ICD‐9‐CM diagnosis codes are assigned to one of 189 clinically‐coherent condition categories (CCs). We used the April 2008 version of the ICD‐9‐CM to CC assignment map, which is maintained by CMS and posted at http://www.qualitynet.org. A total of 154 CCs were considered to be potentially relevant to readmission outcome and were included for further consideration. Some CCs were further combined into clinically coherent groupings of CCs. Our set of candidate variables ultimately included 97 CC‐based variables, two demographic variables (age and sex), and two procedure codes potentially relevant to readmission risk (history of percutaneous coronary intervention [PCI] and history of coronary artery bypass graft [CABG]).

The final risk‐adjustment model included 39 variables selected by the team of clinicians and analysts, primarily based on their clinical relevance but also with knowledge of the strength of their statistical association with readmission outcome (Table 1). For each patient, the presence or absence of these conditions was assessed from multiple sources, including secondary diagnoses during the index admission, principal and secondary diagnoses from hospital admissions in the 12 months prior to the index admission, and diagnoses from hospital outpatient and physician encounters 12 months before the index admission. A small number of CCs were considered to represent potential complications of care (eg, bleeding). Because we did not want to adjust for complications of care occurring during the index admission, a patient was not considered to have one of these conditions unless it was also present in at least one encounter prior to the index admission.

Regression Model Variables and Results in Derivation Sample
VariableFrequenciesEstimateStandard ErrorOdds Ratio95% CI 
  • Abbreviations: CABG, coronary artery bypass graft; CC, condition category; CI, confidence interval; COPD, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; DM, diabetes mellitus.

Intercept 2.3950.021   
Age 65 (years above 65, continuous) 0.00010.0011.0000.9981.001
Male450.0710.0121.0731.0481.099
History of CABG5.20.1790.0270.8360.7930.881
Metastatic cancer and acute leukemia (CC 7)4.30.1770.0291.1941.1281.263
Lung, upper digestive tract, and other severe cancers (CC 8)6.00.2560.0241.2921.2321.354
Diabetes and DM complications (CC 15‐20, 119, 120)360.0590.0121.0611.0361.087
Disorders of fluid/electrolyte/acid‐base (CC 22, 23)340.1490.0131.1601.1311.191
Iron deficiency and other/unspecified anemias and blood disease (CC 47)460.1180.0121.1261.0991.153
Other psychiatric disorders (CC 60)120.1080.0171.1141.0771.151
Cardio‐respiratory failure and shock (CC 79)160.1140.0161.1211.0871.156
Congestive heart failure (CC 80)390.1510.0141.1631.1331.194
Chronic atherosclerosis (CC 83, 84)470.0510.0131.0531.0271.079
Valvular and rheumatic heart disease (CC 86)230.0620.0141.0641.0361.093
Arrhythmias (CC 92, 93)380.1260.0131.1341.1071.163
Vascular or circulatory disease (CC 104‐106)380.0880.0121.0921.0661.119
COPD (CC 108)580.1860.0131.2051.1751.235
Fibrosis of lung and other chronic lung disorders (CC 109)170.0860.0151.0901.0591.122
Renal failure (CC 131)170.1470.0161.1581.1221.196
Protein‐calorie malnutrition (CC 21)7.90.1210.0201.1291.0861.173
History of infection (CC 1, 3‐6)350.0680.0121.0711.0451.097
Severe hematological disorders (CC 44)3.60.1170.0281.1251.0641.188
Decubitus ulcer or chronic skin ulcer (CC 148, 149)100.1010.0181.1061.0671.146
History of pneumonia (CC 111‐113)440.0650.0131.0671.0411.094
Vertebral fractures (CC 157)5.10.1130.0241.1201.0681.174
Other injuries (CC 162)320.0610.0121.0631.0381.089
Urinary tract infection (CC 135)260.0640.0141.0661.0381.095
Lymphatic, head and neck, brain, and other major cancers; breast, prostate, colorectal, and other cancers and tumors (CC 9‐10)160.0500.0161.0511.0181.084
End‐stage renal disease or dialysis (CC 129, 130)1.90.1310.0371.1401.0601.226
Drug/alcohol abuse/dependence/psychosis (CC 51‐53)120.0810.0171.0841.0481.121
Septicemia/shock (CC 2)6.30.0940.0221.0981.0521.146
Other gastrointestinal disorders (CC 36)560.0730.0121.0761.0511.102
Acute coronary syndrome (CC 81, 82)8.30.1260.0191.1341.0921.178
Pleural effusion/pneumothorax (CC 114)120.0830.0171.0861.0511.123
Other urinary tract disorders (CC 136)240.0590.0141.0611.0331.090
Stroke (CC 95, 96)100.0470.0191.0491.0111.088
Dementia and senility (CC 49, 50)270.0310.0141.0311.0041.059
Hemiplegia, paraplegia, paralysis, functional disability (CC 67‐69, 100‐102, 177, 178)7.40.0680.0211.0701.0261.116
Other lung disorders (CC 115)450.0050.0121.0050.9821.030
Major psychiatric disorders (CC 54‐56)110.0380.0181.0381.0031.075
Asthma (CC 110)120.0060.0181.0060.9721.041

Model Derivation

For the development of the administrative claims model, we randomly sampled half of 2006 hospitalizations that met inclusion criteria. To assess model performance at the patient level, we calculated the area under the receiver operating curve (AUC), and calculated observed readmission rates in the lowest and highest deciles on the basis of predicted readmission probabilities. We also compared performance with a null model, a model that adjusted for age and sex, and a model that included all candidate variables.20

Risk‐Standardized Readmission Rates

Using hierarchical logistic regression, we modeled the log‐odds of readmission within 30 days of discharge from an index pneumonia admission as a function of patient demographic and clinical characteristics, and a random hospital‐specific intercept. This strategy accounts for within‐hospital correlation, or clustering, of observed outcomes, and models the assumption that underlying differences in quality among hospitals being evaluated lead to systematic differences in outcomes. We then calculated hospital‐specific readmission rates as the ratio of predicted‐to‐expected readmissions (similar to observed/expected ratio), multiplied by the national unadjusted ratea form of indirect standardization. Predicted number of readmissions in each hospital is estimated given the same patient mix and its estimated hospital‐specific intercept. Expected number of readmissions in each hospital is estimated using its patient mix and the average hospital‐specific intercept. To assess hospital performance in any given year, we re‐estimate model coefficients using that year's data.

Model Validation: Administrative Claims

We compared the model performance in the development sample with its performance in the sample from the 2006 data that was not selected for the development set, and separately among pneumonia admissions in 2005. The model was recalibrated in each validation set.

Model Validation: Medical Record Abstraction

We developed a separate medical record‐based model of readmission risk using information from charts that had previously been abstracted as part of CMS's National Pneumonia Project. To select variables for this model, the clinician team: 1) reviewed the list of variables that were included in a medical record model that was previously developed for validating the National Quality Forum‐approved pneumonia mortality measure; 2) reviewed a list of other potential candidate variables available in the National Pneumonia Project dataset; and 3) reviewed variables that emerged as potentially important predictors of readmission, based on a systematic review of the literature that was conducted as part of measure development. This selection process resulted in a final medical record model that included 35 variables.

We linked patients in the National Pneumonia Project cohort to their Medicare claims data, including claims from one year before the index hospitalization, so that we could calculate risk‐standardized readmission rates in this cohort separately using medical record and claims‐based models. This analysis was conducted at the state level, for the 50 states plus the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, because medical record data were unavailable in sufficient numbers to permit hospital‐level comparisons. To examine the relationship between risk‐standardized rates obtained from medical record and administrative data models, we estimated a linear regression model describing the association between the two rates, weighting each state by number of index hospitalizations, and calculated the correlation coefficient and the intercept and slope of this equation. A slope close to 1 and an intercept close to 0 would provide evidence that risk‐standardized state readmission rates from the medical record and claims models were similar. We also calculated the difference between state risk‐standardized readmission rates from the two models.

Analyses were conducted with the use of SAS version 9.1.3 (SAS Institute Inc, Cary, NC). Models were fitted separately for the National Pneumonia Project and 2006 cohort. We estimated the hierarchical models using the GLIMMIX procedure in SAS. The Human Investigation Committee at the Yale School of Medicine approved an exemption for the authors to use CMS claims and enrollment data for research analyses and publication.

RESULTS

Model Derivation and Performance

After exclusions were applied, the 2006 sample included 453,251 pneumonia hospitalizations (Figure 1). The development sample consisted of 226,545 hospitalizations at 4675 hospitals, with an overall unadjusted 30‐day readmission rate of 17.4%. In 11,694 index cases (5.2%), the patient died within 30 days without being readmitted. Median readmission rate was 16.3%, 25th and 75th percentile rates were 11.1% and 21.3%, and at the 10th and 90th percentile, hospital readmission rates ranged from 4.6% to 26.7% (Figure 2).

Figure 1
Pneumonia admissions included in measure calculation.
Figure 2
Distribution of unadjusted readmission rates.

The claims model included 39 variables (age, sex, and 37 clinical variables) (Table 1). The mean age of the cohort was 80.0 years, with 55.5% women and 11.1% nonwhite patients. Mean observed readmission rate in the development sample ranged from 9% in the lowest decile of predicted pneumonia readmission rates to 32% in the highest predicted decile, a range of 23%. The AUC was 0.63. For comparison, a model with only age and sex had an AUC of 0.51, and a model with all candidate variables had an AUC equal to 0.63 (Table 2).

Readmission Model Performance of Administrative Claims Models
 Calibration (0, 1)*DiscriminationResiduals Lack of Fit (Pearson Residual Fall %)Model 2 (No. of Covariates)
Predictive Ability (Lowest Decile, Highest Decile)AUC(<2)(2, 0)(0, 2)(2+)
  • NOTE: Over‐fitting indices (0, 1) provide evidence of over‐fitting and require several steps to calculate. Let b denote the estimated vector of regression coefficients. Predicted Probabilities (p) = 1/(1+exp{Xb}), and Z = Xb (eg, the linear predictor that is a scalar value for everyone). A new logistic regression model that includes only an intercept and a slope by regressing the logits on Z is fitted in the validation sample; eg, Logit(P(Y = 1|Z)) = 0 + 1Z. Estimated values of 0 far from 0 and estimated values of 1 far from 1 provide evidence of over‐fitting.

  • Abbreviations: AUC, area under the receiver operating curve.

  • Max‐rescaled R‐square.

  • Observed rates.

  • Wald chi‐square.

Development sample
2006(1st half) N = 226,545(0, 1)(0.09, 0.32)0.63082.627.399.996,843 (40)
Validation sample
2006(2nd half) N = 226,706(0.002, 0.997)(0.09, 0.31)0.63082.557.459.996,870 (40)
2005N = 536,015(0.035, 1.008)(0.08, 0.31)0.63082.677.3110.0316,241 (40)

Hospital Risk‐Standardized Readmission Rates

Risk‐standardized readmission rates varied across hospitals (Figure 3). Median risk‐standardized readmission rate was 17.3%, and the 25th and 75th percentiles were 16.9% and 17.9%, respectively. The 5th percentile was 16.0% and the 95th percentile was 19.1%. Odds of readmission for a hospital one standard deviation above average was 1.4 times that of a hospital one standard deviation below average.

Figure 3
Distribution of risk‐standardized readmission rates.

Administrative Model Validation

In the remaining 50% of pneumonia index hospitalizations from 2006, and the entire 2005 cohort, regression coefficients and standard errors of model variables were similar to those in the development data set. Model performance using 2005 data was consistent with model performance using the 2006 development and validation half‐samples (Table 2).

Medical Record Validation

After exclusions, the medical record sample taken from the National Pneumonia Project included 47,429 cases, with an unadjusted 30‐day readmission rate of 17.0%. The final medical record risk‐adjustment model included a total of 35 variables, whose prevalence and association with readmission risk varied modestly (Table 3). Performance of the medical record and administrative models was similar (areas under the ROC curve 0.59 and 0.63, respectively) (Table 4). Additionally, in the administrative model, predicted readmission rates ranged from 8% in the lowest predicted decile to 30% in the highest predicted decile, while in the medical record model, the corresponding rates varied from 10% to 26%.

Regression Model Results from Medical Record Sample
VariablePercentEstimateStandard ErrorOdds Ratio95% CI
  • NOTE: Between‐state variance = 0.024; standard error = 0.00.

  • Abbreviations: BP, blood pressure; BUN, blood urea nitrogen; CI, confidence interval; SD, standard deviation; WBC, white blood cell count.

Age 65, mean (SD)15.24 (7.87)0.0030.0020.9970.9931.000
Male46.180.1220.0251.1301.0751.188
Nursing home resident17.710.0350.0371.0360.9631.114
Neoplastic disease6.800.1300.0491.1391.0341.254
Liver disease1.040.0890.1230.9150.7191.164
History of heart failure28.980.2340.0291.2641.1941.339
History of renal disease8.510.1880.0471.2061.1001.323
Altered mental status17.950.0090.0341.0090.9441.080
Pleural effusion21.200.1650.0301.1791.1111.251
BUN 30 mg/dl23.280.1600.0331.1741.1001.252
BUN missing14.560.1010.1850.9040.6301.298
Systolic BP <90 mmHg2.950.0680.0701.0700.9321.228
Systolic BP missing11.210.1490.4251.1600.5042.669
Pulse 125/min7.730.0360.0471.0360.9451.137
Pulse missing11.220.2100.4051.2340.5582.729
Respiratory rate 30/min16.380.0790.0341.0821.0121.157
Respiratory rate missing11.390.2040.2401.2260.7651.964
Sodium <130 mmol/L4.820.1360.0571.1451.0251.280
Sodium missing14.390.0490.1431.0500.7931.391
Glucose 250 mg/dl5.190.0050.0570.9950.8891.114
Glucose missing15.440.1560.1050.8550.6961.051
Hematocrit <30%7.770.2700.0441.3101.2021.428
Hematocrit missing13.620.0710.1350.9320.7151.215
Creatinine 2.5 mg/dL4.680.1090.0621.1150.9891.258
Creatinine missing14.630.2000.1671.2210.8801.695
WBC 6‐12 b/L38.040.0210.0490.9790.8891.079
WBC >12 b/L41.450.0680.0490.9340.8481.029
WBC missing12.850.1670.1621.1810.8601.623
Immunosuppressive therapy15.010.3470.0351.4151.3211.516
Chronic lung disease42.160.1370.0281.1471.0861.211
Coronary artery disease39.570.1500.0281.1621.1001.227
Diabetes mellitus20.900.1370.0331.1471.0761.223
Alcohol/drug abuse3.400.0990.0710.9060.7881.041
Dementia/Alzheimer's disease16.380.1250.0381.1331.0521.222
Splenectomy0.440.0160.1861.0160.7061.463
Model Performance of Medical Record Model
ModelCalibration (0, 1)*DiscriminationResiduals Lack of Fit (Pearson Residual Fall %)Model 2 (No. of Covariates)
Predictive Ability (Lowest Decile, Highest Decile)AUC(<2)(2, 0)(0, 2)(2+)
  • Abbreviations: AUC, area under the receiver operating curve.

  • Max‐rescaled R‐square.

  • Observed rates.

  • Wald chi‐square.

Medical Record Model Development Sample (NP)
N = 47,429 No. of 30‐day readmissions = 8,042(1, 0)(0.10, 0.26)0.59083.045.2811.68710 (35)
Linked Administrative Model Validation Sample
N = 47,429 No. of 30‐day readmissions = 8,042(1, 0)(0.08, 0.30)0.63083.046.9410.011,414 (40)

The correlation coefficient of the estimated state‐specific standardized readmission rates from the administrative and medical record models was 0.96, and the proportion of the variance explained by the model was 0.92 (Figure 4).

Figure 4
Comparison of state‐level risk‐standardized readmission rates from medical record and administrative models. Abbreviations: HGLM, hierarchical generalized linear models.

DISCUSSION

We have described the development, validation, and results of a hospital, 30‐day, risk‐standardized readmission model for pneumonia that was created to support current federal transparency initiatives. The model uses administrative claims data from Medicare fee‐for‐service patients and produces results that are comparable to a model based on information obtained through manual abstraction of medical records. We observed an overall 30‐day readmission rate of 17%, and our analyses revealed substantial variation across US hospitals, suggesting that improvement by lower performing institutions is an achievable goal.

Because more than one in six pneumonia patients are rehospitalized shortly after discharge, and because pneumonia hospitalizations represent an enormous expense to the Medicare program, prevention of readmissions is now widely recognized to offer a substantial opportunity to improve patient outcomes while simultaneously lowering health care costs. Accordingly, promotion of strategies to reduce readmission rates has become a key priority for payers and quality‐improvement organizations. These range from policy‐level attempts to stimulate change, such as publicly reporting hospital readmission rates on government websites, to establishing accreditation standardssuch as the Joint Commission's requirement to accurately reconcile medications, to the creation of quality improvement collaboratives focused on sharing best practices across institutions. Regardless of the approach taken, a valid, risk‐adjusted measure of performance is required to evaluate and track performance over time. The measure we have described meets the National Quality Forum's measure evaluation criteria in that it addresses an important clinical topic for which there appears to be significant opportunities for improvement, the measure is precisely defined and has been subjected to validity and reliability testing, it is risk‐adjusted based on patient clinical factors present at the start of care, is feasible to produce, and is understandable by a broad range of potential users.21 Because hospitalists are the physicians primarily responsible for the care of patients with pneumonia at US hospitals, and because they frequently serve as the physician champions for quality improvement activities related to pneumonia, it is especially important that they maintain a thorough understanding of the measures and methodologies underlying current efforts to measure hospital performance.

Several features of our approach warrant additional comment. First, we deliberately chose to measure all readmission events rather than attempt to discriminate between potentially preventable and nonpreventable readmissions. From the patient perspective, readmission for any reason is a concern, and limiting the measure to pneumonia‐related readmissions could make it susceptible to gaming by hospitals. Moreover, determining whether a readmission is related to a potential quality problem is not straightforward. For example, a patient with pneumonia whose discharge medications were prescribed incorrectly may be readmitted with a hip fracture following an episode of syncope. It would be inappropriate to treat this readmission as unrelated to the care the patient received for pneumonia. Additionally, while our approach does not presume that every readmission is preventable, the goal is to reduce the risk of readmissions generally (not just in narrowly defined subpopulations), and successful interventions to reduce rehospitalization have typically demonstrated reductions in all‐cause readmission.9, 22 Second, deaths that occurred within 30 days of discharge, yet that were not accompanied by a hospital readmission, were not counted as a readmission outcome. While it may seem inappropriate to treat a postdischarge death as a nonevent (rather than censoring or excluding such cases), alternative analytic approaches, such as using a hierarchical survival model, are not currently computationally feasible with large national data sets. Fortunately, only a relatively small proportion of discharges fell into this category (5.2% of index cases in the 2006 development sample died within 30 days of discharge without being readmitted). An alternative approach to handling the competing outcome of death would have been to use a composite outcome of readmission or death. However, we believe that it is important to report the outcomes separately because factors that predict readmission and mortality may differ, and when making comparisons across hospitals it would not be possible to determine whether differences in rate were due to readmission or mortality. Third, while the patient‐level readmission model showed only modest discrimination, we intentionally excluded covariates such as race and socioeconomic status, as well as in‐hospital events and potential complications of care, and whether patients were discharged home or to a skilled nursing facility. While these variables could have improved predictive ability, they may be directly or indirectly related to quality or supply factors that should not be included in a model that seeks to control for patient clinical characteristics. For example, if hospitals with a large share of poor patients have higher readmission rates, then including income in the model will obscure differences that are important to identify. While we believe that the decision to exclude such factors in the model is in the best interest of patients, and supports efforts to reduce health inequality in society more generally, we also recognize that hospitals that care for a disproportionate share of poor patients are likely to require additional resources to overcome these social factors. Fourth, we limited the analysis to patients with a principal diagnosis of pneumonia, and chose not to also include those with a principal diagnosis of sepsis or respiratory failure coupled with a secondary diagnosis of pneumonia. While the broader definition is used by CMS in the National Pneumonia Project, that initiative relied on chart abstraction to differentiate pneumonia present at the time of admission from cases developing as a complication of hospitalization. Additionally, we did not attempt to differentiate between community‐acquired and healthcare‐associated pneumonia, however our approach is consistent with the National Pneumonia Project and Pneumonia Patient Outcomes Research Team.18 Fifth, while our model estimates readmission rates at the hospital level, we recognize that readmissions are influenced by a complex and extensive range of factors. In this context, greater cooperation between hospitals and other care providers will almost certainly be required in order to achieve dramatic improvement in readmission rates, which in turn will depend upon changes to the way serious illness is paid for. Some options that have recently been described include imposing financial penalties for early readmission, extending the boundaries of case‐based payment beyond hospital discharge, and bundling payments between hospitals and physicians.2325

Our measure has several limitations. First, our models were developed and validated using Medicare data, and the results may not apply to pneumonia patients less than 65 years of age. However, most patients hospitalized with pneumonia in the US are 65 or older. In addition, we were unable to test the model with a Medicare managed care population, because data are not currently available on such patients. Finally, the medical record‐based validation was conducted by state‐level analysis because the sample size was insufficient to carry this out at the hospital level.

In conclusion, more than 17% of Medicare beneficiaries are readmitted within 30 days following discharge after a hospitalization for pneumonia, and rates vary substantially across institutions. The development of a valid measure of hospital performance and public reporting are important first steps towards focusing attention on this problem. Actual improvement will now depend on whether hospitals and partner organizations are successful at identifying and implementing effective methods to prevent readmission.

References
  1. Jencks SF,Williams MV,Coleman EA.Rehospitalizations among patients in the Medicare Fee‐for‐Service Program.N Engl J Med.2009;360(14):14181428.
  2. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission.Report to the Congress: Promoting Greater Efficiency in Medicare.2007.
  3. Levit K,Wier L,Ryan K,Elixhauser A,Stranges E. HCUP Facts and Figures: Statistics on Hospital‐based Care in the United States, 2007.2009. Available at: http://www.hcup‐us.ahrq.gov/reports.jsp. Accessed November 7, 2009.
  4. Centers for Medicare 353(3):255264.
  5. Baker DW,Einstadter D,Husak SS,Cebul RD.Trends in postdischarge mortality and readmissions: has length of stay declined too far?Arch Intern Med.2004;164(5):538544.
  6. Vecchiarino P,Bohannon RW,Ferullo J,Maljanian R.Short‐term outcomes and their predictors for patients hospitalized with community‐acquired pneumonia.Heart Lung.2004;33(5):301307.
  7. Dean NC,Bateman KA,Donnelly SM, et al.Improved clinical outcomes with utilization of a community‐acquired pneumonia guideline.Chest.2006;130(3):794799.
  8. Gleason PP,Meehan TP,Fine JM,Galusha DH,Fine MJ.Associations between initial antimicrobial therapy and medical outcomes for hospitalized elderly patients with pneumonia.Arch Intern Med.1999;159(21):25622572.
  9. Benbassat J,Taragin M.Hospital readmissions as a measure of quality of health care: advantages and limitations.Arch Intern Med.2000;160(8):10741081.
  10. Coleman EA,Parry C,Chalmers S,Min S.The care transitions intervention: results of a randomized controlled trial.Arch Intern Med.2006;166(17):18221828.
  11. Corrigan JM, Eden J, Smith BM, eds.Leadership by Example: Coordinating Government Roles in Improving Health Care Quality. Committee on Enhancing Federal Healthcare Quality Programs.Washington, DC:National Academies Press,2003.
  12. Medicare.gov—Hospital Compare. Available at: http://www.hospitalcompare.hhs.gov/Hospital/Search/Welcome.asp?version=default1(1):2937.
  13. Krumholz HM,Normand ST,Spertus JA,Shahian DM,Bradley EH.Measuring performance for treating heart attacks and heart failure: the case for outcomes measurement.Health Aff.2007;26(1):7585.
  14. NQF‐Endorsed® Standards. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Measures_List.aspx. Accessed November 6,2009.
  15. Houck PM,Bratzler DW,Nsa W,Ma A,Bartlett JG.Timing of antibiotic administration and outcomes for Medicare patients hospitalized with community‐acquired pneumonia.Arch Intern Med.2004;164(6):637644.
  16. Pope G,Ellis R,Ash A. Diagnostic Cost Group Hierarchical Condition Category Models for Medicare Risk Adjustment. Report prepared for the Health Care Financing Administration. Health Economics Research, Inc;2000. Available at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/Reports/Reports/ItemDetail.asp?ItemID=CMS023176. Accessed November 7, 2009.
  17. Harrell FEJ.Regression Modeling Strategies: With Applications to Linear Models, Logistic Regression, and Survival Analysis.1st ed.New York:Springer;2006.
  18. National Quality Forum—Measure Evaluation Criteria.2008. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/uploadedFiles/Quality_Forum/Measuring_Performance/Consensus_Development_Process%E2%80%99s_Principle/EvalCriteria2008–08‐28Final.pdf?n=4701.
  19. Naylor MD,Brooten D,Campbell R, et al.Comprehensive discharge planning and home follow‐up of hospitalized elders: a randomized clinical trial.JAMA.1999;281(7):613620.
  20. Davis K.Paying for care episodes and care coordination.N Engl J Med.2007;356(11):11661168.
  21. Luft HS.Health care reform—toward more freedom, and responsibility, for physicians.N Engl J Med.2009;361(6):623628.
  22. Rosenthal MB.Beyond pay for performance—emerging models of provider‐payment reform.N Engl J Med.2008;359(12):11971200.
References
  1. Jencks SF,Williams MV,Coleman EA.Rehospitalizations among patients in the Medicare Fee‐for‐Service Program.N Engl J Med.2009;360(14):14181428.
  2. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission.Report to the Congress: Promoting Greater Efficiency in Medicare.2007.
  3. Levit K,Wier L,Ryan K,Elixhauser A,Stranges E. HCUP Facts and Figures: Statistics on Hospital‐based Care in the United States, 2007.2009. Available at: http://www.hcup‐us.ahrq.gov/reports.jsp. Accessed November 7, 2009.
  4. Centers for Medicare 353(3):255264.
  5. Baker DW,Einstadter D,Husak SS,Cebul RD.Trends in postdischarge mortality and readmissions: has length of stay declined too far?Arch Intern Med.2004;164(5):538544.
  6. Vecchiarino P,Bohannon RW,Ferullo J,Maljanian R.Short‐term outcomes and their predictors for patients hospitalized with community‐acquired pneumonia.Heart Lung.2004;33(5):301307.
  7. Dean NC,Bateman KA,Donnelly SM, et al.Improved clinical outcomes with utilization of a community‐acquired pneumonia guideline.Chest.2006;130(3):794799.
  8. Gleason PP,Meehan TP,Fine JM,Galusha DH,Fine MJ.Associations between initial antimicrobial therapy and medical outcomes for hospitalized elderly patients with pneumonia.Arch Intern Med.1999;159(21):25622572.
  9. Benbassat J,Taragin M.Hospital readmissions as a measure of quality of health care: advantages and limitations.Arch Intern Med.2000;160(8):10741081.
  10. Coleman EA,Parry C,Chalmers S,Min S.The care transitions intervention: results of a randomized controlled trial.Arch Intern Med.2006;166(17):18221828.
  11. Corrigan JM, Eden J, Smith BM, eds.Leadership by Example: Coordinating Government Roles in Improving Health Care Quality. Committee on Enhancing Federal Healthcare Quality Programs.Washington, DC:National Academies Press,2003.
  12. Medicare.gov—Hospital Compare. Available at: http://www.hospitalcompare.hhs.gov/Hospital/Search/Welcome.asp?version=default1(1):2937.
  13. Krumholz HM,Normand ST,Spertus JA,Shahian DM,Bradley EH.Measuring performance for treating heart attacks and heart failure: the case for outcomes measurement.Health Aff.2007;26(1):7585.
  14. NQF‐Endorsed® Standards. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/Measures_List.aspx. Accessed November 6,2009.
  15. Houck PM,Bratzler DW,Nsa W,Ma A,Bartlett JG.Timing of antibiotic administration and outcomes for Medicare patients hospitalized with community‐acquired pneumonia.Arch Intern Med.2004;164(6):637644.
  16. Pope G,Ellis R,Ash A. Diagnostic Cost Group Hierarchical Condition Category Models for Medicare Risk Adjustment. Report prepared for the Health Care Financing Administration. Health Economics Research, Inc;2000. Available at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/Reports/Reports/ItemDetail.asp?ItemID=CMS023176. Accessed November 7, 2009.
  17. Harrell FEJ.Regression Modeling Strategies: With Applications to Linear Models, Logistic Regression, and Survival Analysis.1st ed.New York:Springer;2006.
  18. National Quality Forum—Measure Evaluation Criteria.2008. Available at: http://www.qualityforum.org/uploadedFiles/Quality_Forum/Measuring_Performance/Consensus_Development_Process%E2%80%99s_Principle/EvalCriteria2008–08‐28Final.pdf?n=4701.
  19. Naylor MD,Brooten D,Campbell R, et al.Comprehensive discharge planning and home follow‐up of hospitalized elders: a randomized clinical trial.JAMA.1999;281(7):613620.
  20. Davis K.Paying for care episodes and care coordination.N Engl J Med.2007;356(11):11661168.
  21. Luft HS.Health care reform—toward more freedom, and responsibility, for physicians.N Engl J Med.2009;361(6):623628.
  22. Rosenthal MB.Beyond pay for performance—emerging models of provider‐payment reform.N Engl J Med.2008;359(12):11971200.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 6(3)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 6(3)
Page Number
142-150
Page Number
142-150
Article Type
Display Headline
Development, validation, and results of a measure of 30‐day readmission following hospitalization for pneumonia
Display Headline
Development, validation, and results of a measure of 30‐day readmission following hospitalization for pneumonia
Legacy Keywords
cost analysis, cost per day, end of life, hospice, length of stay, palliative care, triggers
Legacy Keywords
cost analysis, cost per day, end of life, hospice, length of stay, palliative care, triggers
Sections
Article Source

Copyright © 2010 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Center for Quality of Care Research, Baystate Medical Center, 280 Chestnut Street, Springfield, MA 01199
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media
Media Files

Turn to ACGME for Transfer, Resident Supervision Rules

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Turn to ACGME for Transfer, Resident Supervision Rules

I have doubts: Are there any guidelines about “bouncing” patients between teaching and nonteaching services in a teaching hospital?

Srikanth Seethala, MD

Pittsburgh

 

Dr. Hospitalist responds: Several thoughts came to my mind when I read your question. What did you mean by the term “bouncing”? When you refer to “nonteaching service,” are you referring to the cohort of inpatients in your teaching hospital cared for by attending physicians without the involvement of trainees? Of course, the most obvious question is what is causing your “doubt”?

As you may know, all U.S. postgraduate physician training programs are governed by the rules and standards set forth by the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME). You can find all of ACGME’s rules online at www.acgme.org. Regardless of whether you are a trainee or an attending physician, the ACGME expects the same interpretation and enforcement of their standards.

Our general medical service is divided into the resident-covered service and a separate, nonresident-covered service. Resident-covered service means IM residents are involved in the care of the patient under the supervision of an attending physician. No residents are involved in patient care on the nonresident-covered service. The development of our nonresident-covered service was clearly a product of ACGME duty-hour standards, which were originally enacted in 2003 and recently revised.

Our IM program has the same number of residents that we did before the new rules were put in place. Before 2003, we did not have a nonresident-covered medical service because we had a sufficient number of residents to care for all patients on our medical service. We found that the 2003 standards restricted the number of hours our residents could work in our hospital, so despite no change in the size of our medical service or the number of residents, we found ourselves without sufficient numbers of residents to meet the clinical demand. To meet this demand, we developed a hospitalist-run, nonresident-covered medical service.

Ask Dr. Hospitalist

Do you have a problem or concern that you’d like Dr. Hospitalist to address? E-mail your questions to [email protected].

We discussed a number of issues during the planning stages of our new service:

  • How many hospitalist full-time equivalents (FTEs) would we need to staff this service?
  • Would we have hospitalists physically in the hospital 24/7 or take call from outside the hospital?
  • How much would it cost?
  • Do we have two groups of hospitalist staff, one for the resident-covered service and a separate one for the nonresident-covered service? Or do we maintain one cohort of hospitalists and ask the staff to work on both the resident- and nonresident-covered services?
  • Do we ask our hospitalists to rotate month by month or week by week, separately on the resident- and then the nonresident-covered service? Or do we ask hospitalists to see both patients on any given day?
  • Do we geographically cohort our resident-covered patients on floors separate from our nonresident-covered patients?

The new rules fueled a lot of discussion between educators and trainees. Your question about the transfer of patients between resident- and nonresident-covered services does not surprise me. Some training programs tried to minimize the necessary number of attending level staff in the hospital by allowing trainees to “cross-cover,” or essentially care for patients on the nonresident-covered service, when the attending staff was not present in the hospital. It is my understanding that trainees are never allowed to cross-cover patients on the nonresident-covered service.

 

 

To my knowledge, however, there are no rules against transferring patients from the nonresident-covered service to the resident-covered service, or vice versa. TH

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Publications
Sections

I have doubts: Are there any guidelines about “bouncing” patients between teaching and nonteaching services in a teaching hospital?

Srikanth Seethala, MD

Pittsburgh

 

Dr. Hospitalist responds: Several thoughts came to my mind when I read your question. What did you mean by the term “bouncing”? When you refer to “nonteaching service,” are you referring to the cohort of inpatients in your teaching hospital cared for by attending physicians without the involvement of trainees? Of course, the most obvious question is what is causing your “doubt”?

As you may know, all U.S. postgraduate physician training programs are governed by the rules and standards set forth by the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME). You can find all of ACGME’s rules online at www.acgme.org. Regardless of whether you are a trainee or an attending physician, the ACGME expects the same interpretation and enforcement of their standards.

Our general medical service is divided into the resident-covered service and a separate, nonresident-covered service. Resident-covered service means IM residents are involved in the care of the patient under the supervision of an attending physician. No residents are involved in patient care on the nonresident-covered service. The development of our nonresident-covered service was clearly a product of ACGME duty-hour standards, which were originally enacted in 2003 and recently revised.

Our IM program has the same number of residents that we did before the new rules were put in place. Before 2003, we did not have a nonresident-covered medical service because we had a sufficient number of residents to care for all patients on our medical service. We found that the 2003 standards restricted the number of hours our residents could work in our hospital, so despite no change in the size of our medical service or the number of residents, we found ourselves without sufficient numbers of residents to meet the clinical demand. To meet this demand, we developed a hospitalist-run, nonresident-covered medical service.

Ask Dr. Hospitalist

Do you have a problem or concern that you’d like Dr. Hospitalist to address? E-mail your questions to [email protected].

We discussed a number of issues during the planning stages of our new service:

  • How many hospitalist full-time equivalents (FTEs) would we need to staff this service?
  • Would we have hospitalists physically in the hospital 24/7 or take call from outside the hospital?
  • How much would it cost?
  • Do we have two groups of hospitalist staff, one for the resident-covered service and a separate one for the nonresident-covered service? Or do we maintain one cohort of hospitalists and ask the staff to work on both the resident- and nonresident-covered services?
  • Do we ask our hospitalists to rotate month by month or week by week, separately on the resident- and then the nonresident-covered service? Or do we ask hospitalists to see both patients on any given day?
  • Do we geographically cohort our resident-covered patients on floors separate from our nonresident-covered patients?

The new rules fueled a lot of discussion between educators and trainees. Your question about the transfer of patients between resident- and nonresident-covered services does not surprise me. Some training programs tried to minimize the necessary number of attending level staff in the hospital by allowing trainees to “cross-cover,” or essentially care for patients on the nonresident-covered service, when the attending staff was not present in the hospital. It is my understanding that trainees are never allowed to cross-cover patients on the nonresident-covered service.

 

 

To my knowledge, however, there are no rules against transferring patients from the nonresident-covered service to the resident-covered service, or vice versa. TH

I have doubts: Are there any guidelines about “bouncing” patients between teaching and nonteaching services in a teaching hospital?

Srikanth Seethala, MD

Pittsburgh

 

Dr. Hospitalist responds: Several thoughts came to my mind when I read your question. What did you mean by the term “bouncing”? When you refer to “nonteaching service,” are you referring to the cohort of inpatients in your teaching hospital cared for by attending physicians without the involvement of trainees? Of course, the most obvious question is what is causing your “doubt”?

As you may know, all U.S. postgraduate physician training programs are governed by the rules and standards set forth by the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME). You can find all of ACGME’s rules online at www.acgme.org. Regardless of whether you are a trainee or an attending physician, the ACGME expects the same interpretation and enforcement of their standards.

Our general medical service is divided into the resident-covered service and a separate, nonresident-covered service. Resident-covered service means IM residents are involved in the care of the patient under the supervision of an attending physician. No residents are involved in patient care on the nonresident-covered service. The development of our nonresident-covered service was clearly a product of ACGME duty-hour standards, which were originally enacted in 2003 and recently revised.

Our IM program has the same number of residents that we did before the new rules were put in place. Before 2003, we did not have a nonresident-covered medical service because we had a sufficient number of residents to care for all patients on our medical service. We found that the 2003 standards restricted the number of hours our residents could work in our hospital, so despite no change in the size of our medical service or the number of residents, we found ourselves without sufficient numbers of residents to meet the clinical demand. To meet this demand, we developed a hospitalist-run, nonresident-covered medical service.

Ask Dr. Hospitalist

Do you have a problem or concern that you’d like Dr. Hospitalist to address? E-mail your questions to [email protected].

We discussed a number of issues during the planning stages of our new service:

  • How many hospitalist full-time equivalents (FTEs) would we need to staff this service?
  • Would we have hospitalists physically in the hospital 24/7 or take call from outside the hospital?
  • How much would it cost?
  • Do we have two groups of hospitalist staff, one for the resident-covered service and a separate one for the nonresident-covered service? Or do we maintain one cohort of hospitalists and ask the staff to work on both the resident- and nonresident-covered services?
  • Do we ask our hospitalists to rotate month by month or week by week, separately on the resident- and then the nonresident-covered service? Or do we ask hospitalists to see both patients on any given day?
  • Do we geographically cohort our resident-covered patients on floors separate from our nonresident-covered patients?

The new rules fueled a lot of discussion between educators and trainees. Your question about the transfer of patients between resident- and nonresident-covered services does not surprise me. Some training programs tried to minimize the necessary number of attending level staff in the hospital by allowing trainees to “cross-cover,” or essentially care for patients on the nonresident-covered service, when the attending staff was not present in the hospital. It is my understanding that trainees are never allowed to cross-cover patients on the nonresident-covered service.

 

 

To my knowledge, however, there are no rules against transferring patients from the nonresident-covered service to the resident-covered service, or vice versa. TH

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Turn to ACGME for Transfer, Resident Supervision Rules
Display Headline
Turn to ACGME for Transfer, Resident Supervision Rules
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

FPHM: A License to Drive Change

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
FPHM: A License to Drive Change

I was musing one morning about my day ahead. I was doing one of those subcortical activities of daily living in which the mind can wander freely. Have you ever jumped in the car with the intention of stopping at the store on the way home, only to find yourself pulling into your driveway after spending the drive contemplating those issues on your plate that day? You drive home on autopilot. It occurred to me that it can happen in much the same way in our daily practice of medicine—how easy it is to slip into autopilot when admitting patients and doing our daily rounds.

During this particular morning, I mulled over many things: the translocation between chromosomes 9 and 22 in CML, the obstructive PFTs one generally sees in cadmium exposure, debating whether to give corticosteroids or to induce delivery in a 33-week pregnant woman with HELLP syndrome. Maybe you’re wondering: Am I a physician practicing in a remote rural area that has no access to oncologists? Do I practice in an underserved industrial town next to an old battery factory? Or am I an old-fashioned GP who still delivers babies?

No, no, and no. I am a board-certified internist who was preparing for my Maintenance of Certification (MOC) examination.

A New Way of Thinking

I am 42 years old, I have a busy medical practice, I am the medical director of the 14-person HM group at Wentworth-Douglass Hospital in Dover, N.H., and I am the mother of two children, ages 9 and 11. And I found myself, on top of all these things, a student, too.

I’ve been practicing medicine for 11 years. I’ve gone from practicing primary care in a small community in Maine to working at a larger community medical center in New Hampshire, becoming a hospitalist in 2005, then taking on the job of director of my hospitalist group in 2006. With more than a decade of experience under my belt, I felt I had the depth of knowledge experience brings.

However, as I traveled through the process of preparing for the American Board of Internal Medicine’s (ABIM’s) new Focused Practice in Hospital Medicine (FPHM) secure exam, it began to dawn on me: Medicine is a complicated profession that not only requires careful attention to the details of every case, it also demands it. In order to avoid the pitfall of practicing distracted medicine, we must carefully foster our own continuing education.

Going through the studying process has enabled me to think about the medicine I practice in a much more academic way. True, I don’t necessarily need to know some of the things I’ve encountered in my study sessions for my everyday practice, but I find myself spouting off random facts to anyone who will listen—colleagues, nurses, even patients. “Did you know that only about one-fourth of crystalloid remains in the intravascular space, where the rest goes into the tissues?” “If the triglycerides in this fluid are greater than 115, this is a chylothorax!” I’m paying attention again to the theory and pathophysiology behind medical illnesses, not just to the drudgery of writing routine orders or checking off boxes on a protocol.

It has not been easy. Although I’ve known I needed to recertify in internal medicine since I took the exam the first time, I did not actively start looking into the exam and preparing until about a year and a half before my exam, when I talked to a colleague who had already started preparing. That’s when I learned that this was not only an exam, but also a process. This process is intended by the board to be an active part of maintaining certification during the 10 years before it is due again, not just to be crammed into the last year or two before certification expires. I recommend to anyone going through this process to familiarize yourself with the ABIM website (www.abim.org). Initially, it was a little unwieldy to maneuver around the site, and it wasn’t entirely clear to me what exactly was needed to recertify until I spent some time maneuvering through the site.

 

 

HM-Focused Pathway

To add to this, at around the time I was getting ready to register for the exam, it was announced that this would be the first year ABIM would be offering the FPHM pathway, which is designed to recognize those of us who concentrate our practices on hospital medicine. This to me was an excellent opportunity to recertify in a field in which I actively practice, hopefully making the exam more applicable to what I do, but the flip side was that no one would have taken this particular exam before. Admittedly, when I first signed up, I felt like I was either a guinea pig or a pioneer.

To obtain the FPHM, one must do not one but two projects requiring turning in data on process-improvement projects. Hospitalists who intend to certify with the FPHM will be well served by participating in safety, quality, and process-improvement projects, as we often already do. These projects can be used to complete the required Practice Improvement Modules.

Furthermore, I found that doing such projects is the best way to prepare for the new content, which deals specifically with HM on the actual exam. The internal-medicine topics were covered, just as they are in the nonfocused exam, and anyone who reviews for the exam with available study aids (e.g. review books, courses, or practice questions) will have adequate exposure to these topics.

However, a colleague in my HM group chose not to take the focused practice exam, largely because there was no previously established review material to use as study aids. I anticipate that future study aids will contain references to these questions, but for now I felt that material was adequately covered just by completing the Practice Improvement Modules and by being involved in process improvement projects at my hospital. In fact, attendance at one Institute for Healthcare Improvement (www.ihi.org/IHI/Programs) conference would probably cover the topics nicely.

To all of my colleages considering the MOC in FPHM exam, I wish you luck. I feel that any practicing hospitalist is likely to be able to satisfy the requirements of the FPHM pathway without doing too much more than they would in their daily practice or their usual exam preparation. I also found the ABIM staff useful and helpful, and recommend you use the “contact ABIM” link on their website with any questions.

Focused practice is exactly what we should be driving for. TH

Dr. Ammann is medical director of the hospital medicine division at Wentworth-Douglass Hospital in Dover, N.H.

Similar, Yet the Same

FPHM examination is “fair test” for career-minded hospitalists

By Jason Carris

Mel Anderson, MD, FACP, wasn’t required to take the boards in October; he’d passed the American Board of Internal Medicine’s (ABIM) Maintenance of Certification secure exam and fulfilled the knowledge and process improvement requirements in 2007. But having practiced as a hospitalist for years and anticipating that his program at the Denver VA Medical Center will expand in the near future, Dr. Anderson jumped at the chance to recertify with ABIM’s new Focused Practice in Hospital Medicine (FPHM) exam.

“I was happy to see that the FPHM was available,” says Dr. Anderson, assistant professor of medicine and associate director of the internal-medicine residency program at the University of Colorado Denver. “Having done both outpatient and inpatient internal medicine, I have really grown to appreciate that hospital medicine really is its own subspecialty of medicine, with its own set of clinical challenges and areas of knowledge, skills, and attitudes. Seeing that more formally recognized in the form of focused practice, that was reaffirming to me.”

Launched in early 2010, the FPHM pathway to recertification offered its first secure exam Oct. 25. Nearly 400 hospitalists signed up for the FPHM, and 140 took the test. Results will be made available to test-takers later this month.

Having taken the traditional, internal-medicine exam just three years ago and then the HM-specific exam three months ago, he says the subject matter of the FPHM test was “pretty much spot-on.” He recently talked to The Hospitalist about his experience.

For career hospitalists—those who have been involved in QI activities and are making HM a career focus—the FPHM makes sense.

Question: How did the subject matter in the FPHM test relate to your everyday practice?

Answer: The clinical content was very much what we see. It had a decent mix of some ICU topics—not too much, because I know that a substantial number of hospitalists don’t see ICU patients. The quality improvement questions … were clearly concepts that I expect most hospitalists to be familiar with. So I thought it was a pretty fair test. It was a good test in that you were plainly able to see what was being asked of you. That aspect of the test was very successful.

Q: What differences did you notice in the two tests?

A: There were a lot more similarities than differences: the general layout of questions, in terms of a lot of clinical history and an entire case being laid out for you, and then a series of four or five answers. That pattern is a familiar one, and it’s all medicine. The things that were different were, contentwise, various ambulatory issues not covered and ICU topics covered much more than they were in the traditional IM exam. And certainly the quality-improvement piece was something that was not present in the general exam and is something that is appropriate for hospitalists.

Q: Have you completed the other MOC requirements for the focused practice?

A: I believe I will need to do the more frequent self-assessment [QI] modules to both qualify for the FPHM and maintain it. I’ve built time into my academic year in the late winter/early spring.

Q: Would you recommend the FPHM for the hospitalists in your group?

A: This really isn’t for someone who is in hospital medicine as sort of something between what came before and what comes after. For career hospitalists—those who have been involved in QI activities and are making HM a career focus—the FPHM makes sense. I think the most important thing is making sure that is you.

Q: You didn’t have to take this test, so why did you choose to be among the first to go the FPHM route?

A: I wanted to put my money where my mouth is. If I call myself a hospitalist, am I up to the task of showing that based on the certified exam and the other requirements of this path of recertification, that I hold myself to that standard both personally and professionally?

The next FPHM test date is May 19. Registration for the spring exam is open until Feb. 15 through the ABIM website (www.abim.org). Registration for the fall exam is May 1-Aug. 1.

Q: Were you nervous?

A: No, not really. It was actually sort of a fun test.

Q: Do you expect to pass?

A: Yes, I do, and I also hope that I do.

Jason Carris is editor of The Hospitalist.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Publications
Sections

I was musing one morning about my day ahead. I was doing one of those subcortical activities of daily living in which the mind can wander freely. Have you ever jumped in the car with the intention of stopping at the store on the way home, only to find yourself pulling into your driveway after spending the drive contemplating those issues on your plate that day? You drive home on autopilot. It occurred to me that it can happen in much the same way in our daily practice of medicine—how easy it is to slip into autopilot when admitting patients and doing our daily rounds.

During this particular morning, I mulled over many things: the translocation between chromosomes 9 and 22 in CML, the obstructive PFTs one generally sees in cadmium exposure, debating whether to give corticosteroids or to induce delivery in a 33-week pregnant woman with HELLP syndrome. Maybe you’re wondering: Am I a physician practicing in a remote rural area that has no access to oncologists? Do I practice in an underserved industrial town next to an old battery factory? Or am I an old-fashioned GP who still delivers babies?

No, no, and no. I am a board-certified internist who was preparing for my Maintenance of Certification (MOC) examination.

A New Way of Thinking

I am 42 years old, I have a busy medical practice, I am the medical director of the 14-person HM group at Wentworth-Douglass Hospital in Dover, N.H., and I am the mother of two children, ages 9 and 11. And I found myself, on top of all these things, a student, too.

I’ve been practicing medicine for 11 years. I’ve gone from practicing primary care in a small community in Maine to working at a larger community medical center in New Hampshire, becoming a hospitalist in 2005, then taking on the job of director of my hospitalist group in 2006. With more than a decade of experience under my belt, I felt I had the depth of knowledge experience brings.

However, as I traveled through the process of preparing for the American Board of Internal Medicine’s (ABIM’s) new Focused Practice in Hospital Medicine (FPHM) secure exam, it began to dawn on me: Medicine is a complicated profession that not only requires careful attention to the details of every case, it also demands it. In order to avoid the pitfall of practicing distracted medicine, we must carefully foster our own continuing education.

Going through the studying process has enabled me to think about the medicine I practice in a much more academic way. True, I don’t necessarily need to know some of the things I’ve encountered in my study sessions for my everyday practice, but I find myself spouting off random facts to anyone who will listen—colleagues, nurses, even patients. “Did you know that only about one-fourth of crystalloid remains in the intravascular space, where the rest goes into the tissues?” “If the triglycerides in this fluid are greater than 115, this is a chylothorax!” I’m paying attention again to the theory and pathophysiology behind medical illnesses, not just to the drudgery of writing routine orders or checking off boxes on a protocol.

It has not been easy. Although I’ve known I needed to recertify in internal medicine since I took the exam the first time, I did not actively start looking into the exam and preparing until about a year and a half before my exam, when I talked to a colleague who had already started preparing. That’s when I learned that this was not only an exam, but also a process. This process is intended by the board to be an active part of maintaining certification during the 10 years before it is due again, not just to be crammed into the last year or two before certification expires. I recommend to anyone going through this process to familiarize yourself with the ABIM website (www.abim.org). Initially, it was a little unwieldy to maneuver around the site, and it wasn’t entirely clear to me what exactly was needed to recertify until I spent some time maneuvering through the site.

 

 

HM-Focused Pathway

To add to this, at around the time I was getting ready to register for the exam, it was announced that this would be the first year ABIM would be offering the FPHM pathway, which is designed to recognize those of us who concentrate our practices on hospital medicine. This to me was an excellent opportunity to recertify in a field in which I actively practice, hopefully making the exam more applicable to what I do, but the flip side was that no one would have taken this particular exam before. Admittedly, when I first signed up, I felt like I was either a guinea pig or a pioneer.

To obtain the FPHM, one must do not one but two projects requiring turning in data on process-improvement projects. Hospitalists who intend to certify with the FPHM will be well served by participating in safety, quality, and process-improvement projects, as we often already do. These projects can be used to complete the required Practice Improvement Modules.

Furthermore, I found that doing such projects is the best way to prepare for the new content, which deals specifically with HM on the actual exam. The internal-medicine topics were covered, just as they are in the nonfocused exam, and anyone who reviews for the exam with available study aids (e.g. review books, courses, or practice questions) will have adequate exposure to these topics.

However, a colleague in my HM group chose not to take the focused practice exam, largely because there was no previously established review material to use as study aids. I anticipate that future study aids will contain references to these questions, but for now I felt that material was adequately covered just by completing the Practice Improvement Modules and by being involved in process improvement projects at my hospital. In fact, attendance at one Institute for Healthcare Improvement (www.ihi.org/IHI/Programs) conference would probably cover the topics nicely.

To all of my colleages considering the MOC in FPHM exam, I wish you luck. I feel that any practicing hospitalist is likely to be able to satisfy the requirements of the FPHM pathway without doing too much more than they would in their daily practice or their usual exam preparation. I also found the ABIM staff useful and helpful, and recommend you use the “contact ABIM” link on their website with any questions.

Focused practice is exactly what we should be driving for. TH

Dr. Ammann is medical director of the hospital medicine division at Wentworth-Douglass Hospital in Dover, N.H.

Similar, Yet the Same

FPHM examination is “fair test” for career-minded hospitalists

By Jason Carris

Mel Anderson, MD, FACP, wasn’t required to take the boards in October; he’d passed the American Board of Internal Medicine’s (ABIM) Maintenance of Certification secure exam and fulfilled the knowledge and process improvement requirements in 2007. But having practiced as a hospitalist for years and anticipating that his program at the Denver VA Medical Center will expand in the near future, Dr. Anderson jumped at the chance to recertify with ABIM’s new Focused Practice in Hospital Medicine (FPHM) exam.

“I was happy to see that the FPHM was available,” says Dr. Anderson, assistant professor of medicine and associate director of the internal-medicine residency program at the University of Colorado Denver. “Having done both outpatient and inpatient internal medicine, I have really grown to appreciate that hospital medicine really is its own subspecialty of medicine, with its own set of clinical challenges and areas of knowledge, skills, and attitudes. Seeing that more formally recognized in the form of focused practice, that was reaffirming to me.”

Launched in early 2010, the FPHM pathway to recertification offered its first secure exam Oct. 25. Nearly 400 hospitalists signed up for the FPHM, and 140 took the test. Results will be made available to test-takers later this month.

Having taken the traditional, internal-medicine exam just three years ago and then the HM-specific exam three months ago, he says the subject matter of the FPHM test was “pretty much spot-on.” He recently talked to The Hospitalist about his experience.

For career hospitalists—those who have been involved in QI activities and are making HM a career focus—the FPHM makes sense.

Question: How did the subject matter in the FPHM test relate to your everyday practice?

Answer: The clinical content was very much what we see. It had a decent mix of some ICU topics—not too much, because I know that a substantial number of hospitalists don’t see ICU patients. The quality improvement questions … were clearly concepts that I expect most hospitalists to be familiar with. So I thought it was a pretty fair test. It was a good test in that you were plainly able to see what was being asked of you. That aspect of the test was very successful.

Q: What differences did you notice in the two tests?

A: There were a lot more similarities than differences: the general layout of questions, in terms of a lot of clinical history and an entire case being laid out for you, and then a series of four or five answers. That pattern is a familiar one, and it’s all medicine. The things that were different were, contentwise, various ambulatory issues not covered and ICU topics covered much more than they were in the traditional IM exam. And certainly the quality-improvement piece was something that was not present in the general exam and is something that is appropriate for hospitalists.

Q: Have you completed the other MOC requirements for the focused practice?

A: I believe I will need to do the more frequent self-assessment [QI] modules to both qualify for the FPHM and maintain it. I’ve built time into my academic year in the late winter/early spring.

Q: Would you recommend the FPHM for the hospitalists in your group?

A: This really isn’t for someone who is in hospital medicine as sort of something between what came before and what comes after. For career hospitalists—those who have been involved in QI activities and are making HM a career focus—the FPHM makes sense. I think the most important thing is making sure that is you.

Q: You didn’t have to take this test, so why did you choose to be among the first to go the FPHM route?

A: I wanted to put my money where my mouth is. If I call myself a hospitalist, am I up to the task of showing that based on the certified exam and the other requirements of this path of recertification, that I hold myself to that standard both personally and professionally?

The next FPHM test date is May 19. Registration for the spring exam is open until Feb. 15 through the ABIM website (www.abim.org). Registration for the fall exam is May 1-Aug. 1.

Q: Were you nervous?

A: No, not really. It was actually sort of a fun test.

Q: Do you expect to pass?

A: Yes, I do, and I also hope that I do.

Jason Carris is editor of The Hospitalist.

I was musing one morning about my day ahead. I was doing one of those subcortical activities of daily living in which the mind can wander freely. Have you ever jumped in the car with the intention of stopping at the store on the way home, only to find yourself pulling into your driveway after spending the drive contemplating those issues on your plate that day? You drive home on autopilot. It occurred to me that it can happen in much the same way in our daily practice of medicine—how easy it is to slip into autopilot when admitting patients and doing our daily rounds.

During this particular morning, I mulled over many things: the translocation between chromosomes 9 and 22 in CML, the obstructive PFTs one generally sees in cadmium exposure, debating whether to give corticosteroids or to induce delivery in a 33-week pregnant woman with HELLP syndrome. Maybe you’re wondering: Am I a physician practicing in a remote rural area that has no access to oncologists? Do I practice in an underserved industrial town next to an old battery factory? Or am I an old-fashioned GP who still delivers babies?

No, no, and no. I am a board-certified internist who was preparing for my Maintenance of Certification (MOC) examination.

A New Way of Thinking

I am 42 years old, I have a busy medical practice, I am the medical director of the 14-person HM group at Wentworth-Douglass Hospital in Dover, N.H., and I am the mother of two children, ages 9 and 11. And I found myself, on top of all these things, a student, too.

I’ve been practicing medicine for 11 years. I’ve gone from practicing primary care in a small community in Maine to working at a larger community medical center in New Hampshire, becoming a hospitalist in 2005, then taking on the job of director of my hospitalist group in 2006. With more than a decade of experience under my belt, I felt I had the depth of knowledge experience brings.

However, as I traveled through the process of preparing for the American Board of Internal Medicine’s (ABIM’s) new Focused Practice in Hospital Medicine (FPHM) secure exam, it began to dawn on me: Medicine is a complicated profession that not only requires careful attention to the details of every case, it also demands it. In order to avoid the pitfall of practicing distracted medicine, we must carefully foster our own continuing education.

Going through the studying process has enabled me to think about the medicine I practice in a much more academic way. True, I don’t necessarily need to know some of the things I’ve encountered in my study sessions for my everyday practice, but I find myself spouting off random facts to anyone who will listen—colleagues, nurses, even patients. “Did you know that only about one-fourth of crystalloid remains in the intravascular space, where the rest goes into the tissues?” “If the triglycerides in this fluid are greater than 115, this is a chylothorax!” I’m paying attention again to the theory and pathophysiology behind medical illnesses, not just to the drudgery of writing routine orders or checking off boxes on a protocol.

It has not been easy. Although I’ve known I needed to recertify in internal medicine since I took the exam the first time, I did not actively start looking into the exam and preparing until about a year and a half before my exam, when I talked to a colleague who had already started preparing. That’s when I learned that this was not only an exam, but also a process. This process is intended by the board to be an active part of maintaining certification during the 10 years before it is due again, not just to be crammed into the last year or two before certification expires. I recommend to anyone going through this process to familiarize yourself with the ABIM website (www.abim.org). Initially, it was a little unwieldy to maneuver around the site, and it wasn’t entirely clear to me what exactly was needed to recertify until I spent some time maneuvering through the site.

 

 

HM-Focused Pathway

To add to this, at around the time I was getting ready to register for the exam, it was announced that this would be the first year ABIM would be offering the FPHM pathway, which is designed to recognize those of us who concentrate our practices on hospital medicine. This to me was an excellent opportunity to recertify in a field in which I actively practice, hopefully making the exam more applicable to what I do, but the flip side was that no one would have taken this particular exam before. Admittedly, when I first signed up, I felt like I was either a guinea pig or a pioneer.

To obtain the FPHM, one must do not one but two projects requiring turning in data on process-improvement projects. Hospitalists who intend to certify with the FPHM will be well served by participating in safety, quality, and process-improvement projects, as we often already do. These projects can be used to complete the required Practice Improvement Modules.

Furthermore, I found that doing such projects is the best way to prepare for the new content, which deals specifically with HM on the actual exam. The internal-medicine topics were covered, just as they are in the nonfocused exam, and anyone who reviews for the exam with available study aids (e.g. review books, courses, or practice questions) will have adequate exposure to these topics.

However, a colleague in my HM group chose not to take the focused practice exam, largely because there was no previously established review material to use as study aids. I anticipate that future study aids will contain references to these questions, but for now I felt that material was adequately covered just by completing the Practice Improvement Modules and by being involved in process improvement projects at my hospital. In fact, attendance at one Institute for Healthcare Improvement (www.ihi.org/IHI/Programs) conference would probably cover the topics nicely.

To all of my colleages considering the MOC in FPHM exam, I wish you luck. I feel that any practicing hospitalist is likely to be able to satisfy the requirements of the FPHM pathway without doing too much more than they would in their daily practice or their usual exam preparation. I also found the ABIM staff useful and helpful, and recommend you use the “contact ABIM” link on their website with any questions.

Focused practice is exactly what we should be driving for. TH

Dr. Ammann is medical director of the hospital medicine division at Wentworth-Douglass Hospital in Dover, N.H.

Similar, Yet the Same

FPHM examination is “fair test” for career-minded hospitalists

By Jason Carris

Mel Anderson, MD, FACP, wasn’t required to take the boards in October; he’d passed the American Board of Internal Medicine’s (ABIM) Maintenance of Certification secure exam and fulfilled the knowledge and process improvement requirements in 2007. But having practiced as a hospitalist for years and anticipating that his program at the Denver VA Medical Center will expand in the near future, Dr. Anderson jumped at the chance to recertify with ABIM’s new Focused Practice in Hospital Medicine (FPHM) exam.

“I was happy to see that the FPHM was available,” says Dr. Anderson, assistant professor of medicine and associate director of the internal-medicine residency program at the University of Colorado Denver. “Having done both outpatient and inpatient internal medicine, I have really grown to appreciate that hospital medicine really is its own subspecialty of medicine, with its own set of clinical challenges and areas of knowledge, skills, and attitudes. Seeing that more formally recognized in the form of focused practice, that was reaffirming to me.”

Launched in early 2010, the FPHM pathway to recertification offered its first secure exam Oct. 25. Nearly 400 hospitalists signed up for the FPHM, and 140 took the test. Results will be made available to test-takers later this month.

Having taken the traditional, internal-medicine exam just three years ago and then the HM-specific exam three months ago, he says the subject matter of the FPHM test was “pretty much spot-on.” He recently talked to The Hospitalist about his experience.

For career hospitalists—those who have been involved in QI activities and are making HM a career focus—the FPHM makes sense.

Question: How did the subject matter in the FPHM test relate to your everyday practice?

Answer: The clinical content was very much what we see. It had a decent mix of some ICU topics—not too much, because I know that a substantial number of hospitalists don’t see ICU patients. The quality improvement questions … were clearly concepts that I expect most hospitalists to be familiar with. So I thought it was a pretty fair test. It was a good test in that you were plainly able to see what was being asked of you. That aspect of the test was very successful.

Q: What differences did you notice in the two tests?

A: There were a lot more similarities than differences: the general layout of questions, in terms of a lot of clinical history and an entire case being laid out for you, and then a series of four or five answers. That pattern is a familiar one, and it’s all medicine. The things that were different were, contentwise, various ambulatory issues not covered and ICU topics covered much more than they were in the traditional IM exam. And certainly the quality-improvement piece was something that was not present in the general exam and is something that is appropriate for hospitalists.

Q: Have you completed the other MOC requirements for the focused practice?

A: I believe I will need to do the more frequent self-assessment [QI] modules to both qualify for the FPHM and maintain it. I’ve built time into my academic year in the late winter/early spring.

Q: Would you recommend the FPHM for the hospitalists in your group?

A: This really isn’t for someone who is in hospital medicine as sort of something between what came before and what comes after. For career hospitalists—those who have been involved in QI activities and are making HM a career focus—the FPHM makes sense. I think the most important thing is making sure that is you.

Q: You didn’t have to take this test, so why did you choose to be among the first to go the FPHM route?

A: I wanted to put my money where my mouth is. If I call myself a hospitalist, am I up to the task of showing that based on the certified exam and the other requirements of this path of recertification, that I hold myself to that standard both personally and professionally?

The next FPHM test date is May 19. Registration for the spring exam is open until Feb. 15 through the ABIM website (www.abim.org). Registration for the fall exam is May 1-Aug. 1.

Q: Were you nervous?

A: No, not really. It was actually sort of a fun test.

Q: Do you expect to pass?

A: Yes, I do, and I also hope that I do.

Jason Carris is editor of The Hospitalist.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
FPHM: A License to Drive Change
Display Headline
FPHM: A License to Drive Change
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

What Is the Best Treatment of an Adult Patient with Hypercalcemia of Malignancy?

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
What Is the Best Treatment of an Adult Patient with Hypercalcemia of Malignancy?

Case

A 63-year-old man with hypertension, diabetes, and recently diagnosed squamous-cell lung cancer presents with diffuse abdominal pain and confusion of two-day duration. He weighs 105 Kg, his blood pressure is 105/65 mm/Hg, heart rate is 105 beats per minute, and temperature is 99.0 degrees Fahrenheit. His respirations are 18 breaths per minute, oxygen saturation is 95% on room air, and his orthostatics are positive. Dry mucus membranes with decreased skin turgor are noted on physical examination. Laboratory evaluation reveals a calcium level of 15.5 mg/dL, creatinine level of 1.2 mg/dL, albumin level of 4.3 g/dL, and a phosphorous level of 2.9 mg/dL.

What is the best treatment of this condition?

KEY Points

  • Hypercalcemia of malignancy is the most common cause of hypercalcemia in hospitalized patients.
  • Volume repletion with IV isotonic fluids is an important initial intervention.
  • Furosemide use should generally be used only to correct volume overload from IV fluids.
  • Bisphosphonates are the best-studied and most efficacious treatment for hypercalcemia.
  • Attention must be paid to the underlying malignancy and its concomitant high mortality rate.

     

Additional Reading

  • Stewart A. Hypercalcemia associated with cancer. N Engl J Med. 2005;542(4):373- 379.
  • Assadi F. Hypercalcemia: an evidence-based approach to clinical cases. Iran J Kidney Dis. 2009;3:(2):71-79.
  • LeGrand SB, Leskuski D, Zama I. Narrative review: furosemide for hypercalcemia: an unproven yet common practice. Ann Intern Med. 2008;149:259-263

     

Overview

Calcium homeostasis involves complex interactions between the kidney, gastrointestinal (GI) tract, and the skeletal system via hormonal influences. Although 99% of the body’s calcium is stored in the bones, 50% of serum calcium is in the active ionized form, 40% is bound to albumin, and 10% is complexed with anions.1 It’s important to remember these percentages when evaluating a patient’s serum calcium; elevated serum calcium can be validated by using either a correction formula (corrected calcium=measured total calcium + [0.8 x (4.5-albumin)]) or by direct measurement of the ionized calcium, which is the physiologically active form.

Hypercalcemia of malignancy is the most common cause of hypercalcemia in the hospitalized patient. Twenty to 30% of patients with cancer will develop hypercalcemia at some point in their disease course.2 Overall, this portends a poor prognosis with a median survival of three to four months.3

Four general mechanisms are involved in the pathogenesis of malignant hypercalcemia; these mechanisms form the basis for available treatment strategies available:

  • Osteolytic tumors, such as multiple myeloma, can directly act on bone, leading to osteoclast activation and release of calcium;
  • Humoral mediators elaborated by malignant cells, such as parathyroid hormone-related peptide (PTH-RP), can effect activation of osteoclasts and decrease renal elimination of calcium, causing humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy;
  • Some malignancies (most commonly lymphomas) can directly synthesize 1,25 (OH)2 vitamin D, leading to increased luminal absorption of both calcium and phosphorus from the GI tract; and
  • Direct production of parathyroid hormone (PTH) by the malignant cells is rare, but has been reported.2

Other factors, including impaired mobility, might lead to further bone resorption and a worsening of the hypercalcemic state.

A patient with hypercalcemia must have a systematic workup, with knowledge of other causes of hypercalcemia that could be present, irrespective of malignancy. Examples include primary hyperparathyroidism, medications effect, and genetic etiologies. Although further discussion is beyond the scope of this article, a broad diagnostic approach is represented in Figure 1 (at right).

 

 

Effective management of hypercalcemia demands consideration of both the patient’s immediate, as well as longer-term, clinical situation in light of the patient’s prognosis. The primary aim in the acute management of hypercalcemia is to normalize serum values and decrease symptoms. However, this must be done with appreciation that the metabolic derangement was generated by an underlying malignancy. The main focus of clinical therapeutics should be aimed at this.

click for large version
A computer-generated image of multinucleated osteoclasts etching away the trabecular bone in a process called bone resorption. The bisphosphonates inhibit this process in malignancy-induced hypercalcemia.

Review of the Data

Intravenous (IV) fluids. IV hydration with isotonic saline represents the most immediate and critical intervention in the acute management of malignant hypercalcemia. This condition has multiple, potentially deleterious effects on the kidney, including vasoconstriction, inhibition of salt absorption distally, and antagonism of anti-diuretic hormone (ADH), leading to both salt and water loss. The decrease in intravascular volume then potentiates increased sodium re-absorption proximally in the kidney.

Isotonic saline restores the volume depletion that invariably occurs in the setting of hypercalcemia-provoked urinary salt wasting. The restoration of intravascular volume results in an increase in the glomerular filtration rate and, thus, an increase in calcium filtration. Furthermore, proximal tubular sodium and calcium re-absorption decrease as the glomerular filtration rate increases. Additionally, an increase in sodium and water presentation to the distal renal tubular sites provokes a further calciuresis.

It is estimated that with saline hydration, the calcium concentration should decline, at least by the degree to which dehydration raised it, typically in the range of 1.6 mg to 2.4 mg per deciliter.4 Hydration alone, however, rarely leads to normalization of the serum calcium concentration in patients with severe hypercalcemia.

The rate of infusion is based on the severity of hypercalcemia, and the patient’s age and comorbidities, with particular attention to cardiac or renal disease. A standard approach for most patients without edema and without heart or renal failure is to begin a saline infusion at an initial rate between 200 mL/h to 300 mL/h. The goal is to maintain urine output at 100 mL/h to 150 mL/h.

Furosemide. Following the administration of intravenous fluids to re-establish a euvolemic state, furosemide historically has been used because it has a calcinuric effect with forced diuresis. It also is useful for managing and preventing the fluid overload that occurs with saline hydration. However, data does not support its routine use to lower calcium levels in hypercalcemic patients.

The majority of articles studying the use of furosemide were published in the 1970s and ’80s, and they involve a variety of doses and administration schedules ranging from 40 mg orally daily to 100 mg IV hourly with variable improvement in serum calcium levels and effects that were short-lived. Although some studies have shown that these high doses (2,400 mg/24 hours) of furosemide can decrease calcium levels, resultant severe metabolic derangements in other electrolytes were encountered. This approach required frequent and invasive monitoring to prevent such derangements.5 The clinical application of these studies have led to published recommendations that are as variable as the doses used in the initial studies more than 30 years ago.

This includes the consideration that, in light of the availability and efficacy of bisphosphonates, furosemide might no longer be clinically helpful in this endeavor.6 The current role of furosemide in the management in hypercalcemic patients remains on an as-needed basis for management of fluid overload states brought about after aggressive IV fluid resuscitation.

click for large version
Figure 1: Diagnostic Approach to Hypercalcemia.
 

 

Bisphosphonates. Bisphosph-onates first became available for the management of hypercalcemia in the early 1990s and have dramatically changed the acute intervention and improved the long-term clinical course of patients with malignant hypercalcemia. Though first developed in the 19th century with industrial applications, it wasn’t until the 1960s that their role in bone metabolism was appreciated.

While their complex mechanism of action remains an issue of ongoing investigations, it is known that bisphosphonates are directed to the bones, where they inhibit an enzyme in the HMG-CoA reductase pathway and promote apoptotic cell death of osteoclasts.7 By blocking osteoclast-mediated bone resorption, the bisphosphonates are effective in treating the hypercalcemia that occurs with a variety of bone-resorbing disease processes, malignant hypercalcemia included. As relatively nontoxic compounds capable of conferring a profound and sustained diminution in serum calcium, these agents have become preferred in the management of acute and chronic hypercalcemia of malignancy.

There are five parenteral bisphosphonates available for the treatment of malignant hypercalcemia: pamidronate, zoledronic acid, ibandronate, etidronate, and clodronate. Etidronate and clodronate are first-generation agents, which are less potent and have more side effects than other agents and are not as commonly used. Ibandronate is a useful agent with a long half-life shown to be as effective as pamidronate, though it has not been as extensively studied as the other agents.

Pamidronate has been studied thoroughly in multiple observational and randomized trials, and has been shown to be highly efficacious and minimally toxic in the treatment of hypercalcemia due to multiple causes, including malignant hypercalcemia.8,9 A maximum calcium-lowering effect occurs at a dose of 90 mg, and the dose is often titrated based on the measured serum calcium. It is infused over two to four hours, effects a lowering of serum calcium within one to two days, and has a sustained effect lasting for up to two weeks or more.

As the most potent and most easily administered bisphosphonate, zoledronic acid is considered by many the agent of choice in the treatment of malignant hypercalcemia. It can be administered as a 4 mg-8 mg dose intravenously over 15 minutes (compared with two hours for pamidronate). Two Phase III trials comprising 275 patients have demonstrated zoledronic acid’s superior efficacy compared with pamidronate, with 88% of patients accomplishing a normalized serum calcium (compared with 70% of patients receiving a 90-mg dose of pamidronate).10

Even though these agents are relatively nontoxic, each can provoke a mild, transient flulike illness in recipients. Renal dysfunction has been noted rarely. These agents should be renally dosed and used with caution in patients with advanced renal insufficiency (serum creatinine >2.5). Osteonecrosis of the jaw has been observed in less than 2% of patients receiving IV bisphosphonates. Accordingly, it is recommended that patients undergo dental evaluation prior to receiving the agent (if feasible) and avoid invasive dental procedures around the time that they receive the agent.11

click for large version
Table 1. Agents for Treating Hypercalcemia of Malignancy

Other therapeutic interventions. The bisphosphonates represent the best studied and most efficacious pharmaceutical agents available to treat hypercalcemia. Straying from these agents should be considered only when they are contraindicated, in severe circumstances, or after the patient has failed to respond.

Calcitonin has long had FDA approval for treatment of hypercalcemia in adults. It has been shown in small, nonrandomized studies from the 1970s and ’80s to rapidly (within two hours) decrease calcium levels in hypercalcemic patients.12,13,14 However, these reductions are small (<10%) and transient (usually persisting up to 72 to 96 hours) due to the tachyphylaxsis noted with this medication. Nonetheless, calcitonin can be used as an adjuvant bridge to lower calcium levels in severely hypercalcemic patients for the first few days before other agents start taking effect.

 

 

Glucocorticoids have been used to treat hypercalcemia since the 1950s. Prednisone, dexamethasone, and methylprednisolone all carry FDA indications for hypercalcemia, but data are lacking and contradictory. A small (n=28) randomized controlled trial (RCT) conducted in 1984 showed no additional efficacy of glucocorticoids with IV fluids when compared with IV fluids alone.15 Another small (n=30) RCT done in 1992 on women with metastatic breast cancer showed a significant improvement in patients treated with prednisolone, IV fluids, and furosemide when compared with IV fluids and furosemide.16 Other nonrandomized trials have shown response to be unpredictable at best.17 Despite this, glucocorticoids likely retain a limited role for treatment in specific cases, including hypercalcemia induced by lymphomas elevating levels of 1,25(OH)2 vitamin D (as this interacts with a steroid-regulated receptor), or multiple myelomas where they potentially impact disease progression.

Gallium nitrate, an anhydrous salt of a heavy metal, has been shown in several randomized trials to be an effective therapeutic agent in lowering calcium levels in hypercalcemic patients.18,19 Furthermore, a double-blinded trial of 64 patients with hypercalcemia of malignancy showed gallium nitrate to be at least as effective as pamidronate for acute control of cancer-related hypercalcemia.20 However, the need for continuous infusion over a five-day period has limited the application of this agent.

Hemodialysis with a calcium-lacking dialysate has been shown in small, nonrandomized studies to be a temporarily effective method of reducing serum calcium levels.21,22 However, this treatment modality would best be reserved for patients with severe hypercalcemia, in whom aggressive intravascular volume repletion and bisphosphonates are not advisable (e.g. those with significant heart or kidney failure) and have an underlying etiology that is likely to be responsive to other treatment. Furthermore, consideration as to the appropriateness of such invasive temporizing procedures in patients with metastatic cancer should be undertaken.

Back to the Case

This patient had an ionized calcium level of 1.9 mmol/L (normal 1.1-1.4 mmol/L). He was started on aggressive IV hydration with normal saline and zoledronic acid. His home medications were reviewed, and it was confirmed that he was not taking such contraindicated medications as thiazides or calcium/vitamin D supplementation.

Further workup for the etiology of his hypercalcemia revealed an appropriately suppressed, intact PTH and normal 25 (OH) Vitamin D and 1,25 (OH)2 Vitamin D levels. His intact PTH-RP was elevated at 10pmol/L, and consistent with hypercalcemia of malignancy.

Oncology and palliative-care consults were requested to assist with coordination of the treatment of the patient’s underlying lung cancer; plans were made for systemic chemotherapy. His symptoms slowly improved, and 72 hours after admission, his serum calcium had normalized. He was discharged with a plan to initiate chemotherapy and continued follow-up with oncology.

Join Team Hospitalist

Want to share your unique perspective on hot topics in HM? Team Hospitalist is accepting applications for two-year terms beginning in April. If you are interested in joining the team, e-mail Editor Jason Carris at [email protected].

Bottom Line

Acute management of hypercalcemia of malignancy focuses on lowering the serum calcium through a variety of pharmacologic agents. However, such long-term issues as treatment of the underlying malignancy and discussions about goals of care in this high-mortality patient population is paramount. TH

Dr. Hartley and Dr. Repaskey are clinical instructors in internal medicine at the University of Michigan Health System. Dr. Rohde is a clinical assistant professor of internal medicine at UMHS.

References

  1. Assadi F. Hypercalcemia: an evidence-based approach to clinical cases. Iran J Kidney Dis. 2009;3:(2):71-79.
  2. Stewart A. Hypercalcemia associated with cancer. N Engl J Med. 2005;542(4):373-379.
  3. Seccareccia D. Cancer-related hypercalcemia. Can Fam Physician. 2010;56:(3):244-246.
  4. Bilezikian JP. Management of acute hypercalcemia. N Engl J Med. 1992; 326(18):1196-1203.
  5. Suki WN, Yium JJ, VonMinden M, et al. Acute treatment of hypercalcemia with furosemide. N Engl J Med. 1970;283:836-840.
  6. LeGrand SB, Leskuski D, Zama I. Narrative review: furosemide for hypercalcemia: an unproven yet common practice. Ann Intern Med. 2008;149:259-263.
  7. Drake MT, Bart LC, Khosla S. Bisphosphonates: mechanism of action and role in clinical practice. Mayo Clinic Proc. 2008;83(9):1032-1045.
  8. Nussbaum SR, Younger J, Vandepol CJ, et al. Single-dose intravenous therapy with pamidronate for the treatment of hypercalcemia of malignancy: comparison of 30-, 60-, and 90-mg dosages. Am J Med. 1993; 95(3):297-304.
  9. Gucalp R, Ritch P, Riernik PH, et al. Comparative study of pamidronate disodium and etidronate disodium in the treatment of cancer-related hypercalcemia. J Clin Oncol. 1992;10(1):134-142.
  10. Major P, Lortholary A, Hon J, et al. Zoledronic acid is superior to pamidronate in the treatment of hypercalcemia of malignancy: a pooled analysis of two randomized, controlled clinical trials. J Clin Oncol. 2001;19(2): 558-567.
  11. Tanvetyanon T. Management of the adverse effects associated with intravenous bisphosphonates. Ann Oncol. 2006;17(6):897-907.
  12. Wisneski LA, Croom WP, Silva OL, et al. Salmon calcitonin in hypercalcemia. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 1978; 24:219-222.
  13. Binstock ML, Mundy GR. Effect of calcitonin and glucocorticoids in combination on the hypercalcemia of malignancy. Ann Intern Med. 1980;93(2):269-272.
  14. Nilsson O, Almqvist S, Karlberg BE. Salmon calcitonin in the acute treatment of moderate and severe hypercalcemia in man. Acta Med Scand. 1978;204(4): 249-252.
  15. Percival RC, Yates AJ, Gray RE, et al. Role of glucocorticoids in management of malignant hypercalcemia. Br Med J. 1984;289(6440):287.
  16. Kristensen B, Ejlertsen B, Holmegaard SN, et al. Prednisolone in the treatment of severe malignant hypercalcemia in metastatic breast cancer: a randomized study. J Intern Med. 1992;232(3):237-245.
  17. Thalassinos NC, Joplin GF. Failure of corticosteroid therapy to correct the hypercalcemia of malignant disease. Lancet. 1970;2(7672):537-538.
  18. Warrell RP Jr, Murphy WK, Schulman P, et al. A randomized double-blind study of gallium nitrate compared with etidronate for acute control of cancer-related hypercalcemia. J Clin Oncol. 1991;9(8):1467-1475.
  19. Warrell RP Jr, Israel R, Frisone M, et al. Gallium nitrate for acute treatment of cancer-related hypercalcemia: a randomized, double-blinded comparison to calcitonin. Ann Intern Med. 1988;108:669-674.
  20. Cvitkovic F, Armand JP, Tubiana-Hulin M, et al. Randomized, double-blind, phase II trial of gallium nitrate compared with pamidronate for acute control of cancer-related hypercalcemia. Cancer J. 2006;12 (1):47-53.
  21. Cardella CJ, Birkin BL, Rapoport A. Role of dialysis in the treatment of severe hypercalcemia: report of two cases successfully treated with hemodialysis and review of the literature. Clin Nephrol. 1979; 12(6):285-290.
  22. Koo WS, Jeon DS, Ahn SJ, et al. Calcium-free hemodialysis for the management of hypercalcemia. Nephron. 1996;72(3):424-428.
 

 

 

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Publications
Sections

Case

A 63-year-old man with hypertension, diabetes, and recently diagnosed squamous-cell lung cancer presents with diffuse abdominal pain and confusion of two-day duration. He weighs 105 Kg, his blood pressure is 105/65 mm/Hg, heart rate is 105 beats per minute, and temperature is 99.0 degrees Fahrenheit. His respirations are 18 breaths per minute, oxygen saturation is 95% on room air, and his orthostatics are positive. Dry mucus membranes with decreased skin turgor are noted on physical examination. Laboratory evaluation reveals a calcium level of 15.5 mg/dL, creatinine level of 1.2 mg/dL, albumin level of 4.3 g/dL, and a phosphorous level of 2.9 mg/dL.

What is the best treatment of this condition?

KEY Points

  • Hypercalcemia of malignancy is the most common cause of hypercalcemia in hospitalized patients.
  • Volume repletion with IV isotonic fluids is an important initial intervention.
  • Furosemide use should generally be used only to correct volume overload from IV fluids.
  • Bisphosphonates are the best-studied and most efficacious treatment for hypercalcemia.
  • Attention must be paid to the underlying malignancy and its concomitant high mortality rate.

     

Additional Reading

  • Stewart A. Hypercalcemia associated with cancer. N Engl J Med. 2005;542(4):373- 379.
  • Assadi F. Hypercalcemia: an evidence-based approach to clinical cases. Iran J Kidney Dis. 2009;3:(2):71-79.
  • LeGrand SB, Leskuski D, Zama I. Narrative review: furosemide for hypercalcemia: an unproven yet common practice. Ann Intern Med. 2008;149:259-263

     

Overview

Calcium homeostasis involves complex interactions between the kidney, gastrointestinal (GI) tract, and the skeletal system via hormonal influences. Although 99% of the body’s calcium is stored in the bones, 50% of serum calcium is in the active ionized form, 40% is bound to albumin, and 10% is complexed with anions.1 It’s important to remember these percentages when evaluating a patient’s serum calcium; elevated serum calcium can be validated by using either a correction formula (corrected calcium=measured total calcium + [0.8 x (4.5-albumin)]) or by direct measurement of the ionized calcium, which is the physiologically active form.

Hypercalcemia of malignancy is the most common cause of hypercalcemia in the hospitalized patient. Twenty to 30% of patients with cancer will develop hypercalcemia at some point in their disease course.2 Overall, this portends a poor prognosis with a median survival of three to four months.3

Four general mechanisms are involved in the pathogenesis of malignant hypercalcemia; these mechanisms form the basis for available treatment strategies available:

  • Osteolytic tumors, such as multiple myeloma, can directly act on bone, leading to osteoclast activation and release of calcium;
  • Humoral mediators elaborated by malignant cells, such as parathyroid hormone-related peptide (PTH-RP), can effect activation of osteoclasts and decrease renal elimination of calcium, causing humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy;
  • Some malignancies (most commonly lymphomas) can directly synthesize 1,25 (OH)2 vitamin D, leading to increased luminal absorption of both calcium and phosphorus from the GI tract; and
  • Direct production of parathyroid hormone (PTH) by the malignant cells is rare, but has been reported.2

Other factors, including impaired mobility, might lead to further bone resorption and a worsening of the hypercalcemic state.

A patient with hypercalcemia must have a systematic workup, with knowledge of other causes of hypercalcemia that could be present, irrespective of malignancy. Examples include primary hyperparathyroidism, medications effect, and genetic etiologies. Although further discussion is beyond the scope of this article, a broad diagnostic approach is represented in Figure 1 (at right).

 

 

Effective management of hypercalcemia demands consideration of both the patient’s immediate, as well as longer-term, clinical situation in light of the patient’s prognosis. The primary aim in the acute management of hypercalcemia is to normalize serum values and decrease symptoms. However, this must be done with appreciation that the metabolic derangement was generated by an underlying malignancy. The main focus of clinical therapeutics should be aimed at this.

click for large version
A computer-generated image of multinucleated osteoclasts etching away the trabecular bone in a process called bone resorption. The bisphosphonates inhibit this process in malignancy-induced hypercalcemia.

Review of the Data

Intravenous (IV) fluids. IV hydration with isotonic saline represents the most immediate and critical intervention in the acute management of malignant hypercalcemia. This condition has multiple, potentially deleterious effects on the kidney, including vasoconstriction, inhibition of salt absorption distally, and antagonism of anti-diuretic hormone (ADH), leading to both salt and water loss. The decrease in intravascular volume then potentiates increased sodium re-absorption proximally in the kidney.

Isotonic saline restores the volume depletion that invariably occurs in the setting of hypercalcemia-provoked urinary salt wasting. The restoration of intravascular volume results in an increase in the glomerular filtration rate and, thus, an increase in calcium filtration. Furthermore, proximal tubular sodium and calcium re-absorption decrease as the glomerular filtration rate increases. Additionally, an increase in sodium and water presentation to the distal renal tubular sites provokes a further calciuresis.

It is estimated that with saline hydration, the calcium concentration should decline, at least by the degree to which dehydration raised it, typically in the range of 1.6 mg to 2.4 mg per deciliter.4 Hydration alone, however, rarely leads to normalization of the serum calcium concentration in patients with severe hypercalcemia.

The rate of infusion is based on the severity of hypercalcemia, and the patient’s age and comorbidities, with particular attention to cardiac or renal disease. A standard approach for most patients without edema and without heart or renal failure is to begin a saline infusion at an initial rate between 200 mL/h to 300 mL/h. The goal is to maintain urine output at 100 mL/h to 150 mL/h.

Furosemide. Following the administration of intravenous fluids to re-establish a euvolemic state, furosemide historically has been used because it has a calcinuric effect with forced diuresis. It also is useful for managing and preventing the fluid overload that occurs with saline hydration. However, data does not support its routine use to lower calcium levels in hypercalcemic patients.

The majority of articles studying the use of furosemide were published in the 1970s and ’80s, and they involve a variety of doses and administration schedules ranging from 40 mg orally daily to 100 mg IV hourly with variable improvement in serum calcium levels and effects that were short-lived. Although some studies have shown that these high doses (2,400 mg/24 hours) of furosemide can decrease calcium levels, resultant severe metabolic derangements in other electrolytes were encountered. This approach required frequent and invasive monitoring to prevent such derangements.5 The clinical application of these studies have led to published recommendations that are as variable as the doses used in the initial studies more than 30 years ago.

This includes the consideration that, in light of the availability and efficacy of bisphosphonates, furosemide might no longer be clinically helpful in this endeavor.6 The current role of furosemide in the management in hypercalcemic patients remains on an as-needed basis for management of fluid overload states brought about after aggressive IV fluid resuscitation.

click for large version
Figure 1: Diagnostic Approach to Hypercalcemia.
 

 

Bisphosphonates. Bisphosph-onates first became available for the management of hypercalcemia in the early 1990s and have dramatically changed the acute intervention and improved the long-term clinical course of patients with malignant hypercalcemia. Though first developed in the 19th century with industrial applications, it wasn’t until the 1960s that their role in bone metabolism was appreciated.

While their complex mechanism of action remains an issue of ongoing investigations, it is known that bisphosphonates are directed to the bones, where they inhibit an enzyme in the HMG-CoA reductase pathway and promote apoptotic cell death of osteoclasts.7 By blocking osteoclast-mediated bone resorption, the bisphosphonates are effective in treating the hypercalcemia that occurs with a variety of bone-resorbing disease processes, malignant hypercalcemia included. As relatively nontoxic compounds capable of conferring a profound and sustained diminution in serum calcium, these agents have become preferred in the management of acute and chronic hypercalcemia of malignancy.

There are five parenteral bisphosphonates available for the treatment of malignant hypercalcemia: pamidronate, zoledronic acid, ibandronate, etidronate, and clodronate. Etidronate and clodronate are first-generation agents, which are less potent and have more side effects than other agents and are not as commonly used. Ibandronate is a useful agent with a long half-life shown to be as effective as pamidronate, though it has not been as extensively studied as the other agents.

Pamidronate has been studied thoroughly in multiple observational and randomized trials, and has been shown to be highly efficacious and minimally toxic in the treatment of hypercalcemia due to multiple causes, including malignant hypercalcemia.8,9 A maximum calcium-lowering effect occurs at a dose of 90 mg, and the dose is often titrated based on the measured serum calcium. It is infused over two to four hours, effects a lowering of serum calcium within one to two days, and has a sustained effect lasting for up to two weeks or more.

As the most potent and most easily administered bisphosphonate, zoledronic acid is considered by many the agent of choice in the treatment of malignant hypercalcemia. It can be administered as a 4 mg-8 mg dose intravenously over 15 minutes (compared with two hours for pamidronate). Two Phase III trials comprising 275 patients have demonstrated zoledronic acid’s superior efficacy compared with pamidronate, with 88% of patients accomplishing a normalized serum calcium (compared with 70% of patients receiving a 90-mg dose of pamidronate).10

Even though these agents are relatively nontoxic, each can provoke a mild, transient flulike illness in recipients. Renal dysfunction has been noted rarely. These agents should be renally dosed and used with caution in patients with advanced renal insufficiency (serum creatinine >2.5). Osteonecrosis of the jaw has been observed in less than 2% of patients receiving IV bisphosphonates. Accordingly, it is recommended that patients undergo dental evaluation prior to receiving the agent (if feasible) and avoid invasive dental procedures around the time that they receive the agent.11

click for large version
Table 1. Agents for Treating Hypercalcemia of Malignancy

Other therapeutic interventions. The bisphosphonates represent the best studied and most efficacious pharmaceutical agents available to treat hypercalcemia. Straying from these agents should be considered only when they are contraindicated, in severe circumstances, or after the patient has failed to respond.

Calcitonin has long had FDA approval for treatment of hypercalcemia in adults. It has been shown in small, nonrandomized studies from the 1970s and ’80s to rapidly (within two hours) decrease calcium levels in hypercalcemic patients.12,13,14 However, these reductions are small (<10%) and transient (usually persisting up to 72 to 96 hours) due to the tachyphylaxsis noted with this medication. Nonetheless, calcitonin can be used as an adjuvant bridge to lower calcium levels in severely hypercalcemic patients for the first few days before other agents start taking effect.

 

 

Glucocorticoids have been used to treat hypercalcemia since the 1950s. Prednisone, dexamethasone, and methylprednisolone all carry FDA indications for hypercalcemia, but data are lacking and contradictory. A small (n=28) randomized controlled trial (RCT) conducted in 1984 showed no additional efficacy of glucocorticoids with IV fluids when compared with IV fluids alone.15 Another small (n=30) RCT done in 1992 on women with metastatic breast cancer showed a significant improvement in patients treated with prednisolone, IV fluids, and furosemide when compared with IV fluids and furosemide.16 Other nonrandomized trials have shown response to be unpredictable at best.17 Despite this, glucocorticoids likely retain a limited role for treatment in specific cases, including hypercalcemia induced by lymphomas elevating levels of 1,25(OH)2 vitamin D (as this interacts with a steroid-regulated receptor), or multiple myelomas where they potentially impact disease progression.

Gallium nitrate, an anhydrous salt of a heavy metal, has been shown in several randomized trials to be an effective therapeutic agent in lowering calcium levels in hypercalcemic patients.18,19 Furthermore, a double-blinded trial of 64 patients with hypercalcemia of malignancy showed gallium nitrate to be at least as effective as pamidronate for acute control of cancer-related hypercalcemia.20 However, the need for continuous infusion over a five-day period has limited the application of this agent.

Hemodialysis with a calcium-lacking dialysate has been shown in small, nonrandomized studies to be a temporarily effective method of reducing serum calcium levels.21,22 However, this treatment modality would best be reserved for patients with severe hypercalcemia, in whom aggressive intravascular volume repletion and bisphosphonates are not advisable (e.g. those with significant heart or kidney failure) and have an underlying etiology that is likely to be responsive to other treatment. Furthermore, consideration as to the appropriateness of such invasive temporizing procedures in patients with metastatic cancer should be undertaken.

Back to the Case

This patient had an ionized calcium level of 1.9 mmol/L (normal 1.1-1.4 mmol/L). He was started on aggressive IV hydration with normal saline and zoledronic acid. His home medications were reviewed, and it was confirmed that he was not taking such contraindicated medications as thiazides or calcium/vitamin D supplementation.

Further workup for the etiology of his hypercalcemia revealed an appropriately suppressed, intact PTH and normal 25 (OH) Vitamin D and 1,25 (OH)2 Vitamin D levels. His intact PTH-RP was elevated at 10pmol/L, and consistent with hypercalcemia of malignancy.

Oncology and palliative-care consults were requested to assist with coordination of the treatment of the patient’s underlying lung cancer; plans were made for systemic chemotherapy. His symptoms slowly improved, and 72 hours after admission, his serum calcium had normalized. He was discharged with a plan to initiate chemotherapy and continued follow-up with oncology.

Join Team Hospitalist

Want to share your unique perspective on hot topics in HM? Team Hospitalist is accepting applications for two-year terms beginning in April. If you are interested in joining the team, e-mail Editor Jason Carris at [email protected].

Bottom Line

Acute management of hypercalcemia of malignancy focuses on lowering the serum calcium through a variety of pharmacologic agents. However, such long-term issues as treatment of the underlying malignancy and discussions about goals of care in this high-mortality patient population is paramount. TH

Dr. Hartley and Dr. Repaskey are clinical instructors in internal medicine at the University of Michigan Health System. Dr. Rohde is a clinical assistant professor of internal medicine at UMHS.

References

  1. Assadi F. Hypercalcemia: an evidence-based approach to clinical cases. Iran J Kidney Dis. 2009;3:(2):71-79.
  2. Stewart A. Hypercalcemia associated with cancer. N Engl J Med. 2005;542(4):373-379.
  3. Seccareccia D. Cancer-related hypercalcemia. Can Fam Physician. 2010;56:(3):244-246.
  4. Bilezikian JP. Management of acute hypercalcemia. N Engl J Med. 1992; 326(18):1196-1203.
  5. Suki WN, Yium JJ, VonMinden M, et al. Acute treatment of hypercalcemia with furosemide. N Engl J Med. 1970;283:836-840.
  6. LeGrand SB, Leskuski D, Zama I. Narrative review: furosemide for hypercalcemia: an unproven yet common practice. Ann Intern Med. 2008;149:259-263.
  7. Drake MT, Bart LC, Khosla S. Bisphosphonates: mechanism of action and role in clinical practice. Mayo Clinic Proc. 2008;83(9):1032-1045.
  8. Nussbaum SR, Younger J, Vandepol CJ, et al. Single-dose intravenous therapy with pamidronate for the treatment of hypercalcemia of malignancy: comparison of 30-, 60-, and 90-mg dosages. Am J Med. 1993; 95(3):297-304.
  9. Gucalp R, Ritch P, Riernik PH, et al. Comparative study of pamidronate disodium and etidronate disodium in the treatment of cancer-related hypercalcemia. J Clin Oncol. 1992;10(1):134-142.
  10. Major P, Lortholary A, Hon J, et al. Zoledronic acid is superior to pamidronate in the treatment of hypercalcemia of malignancy: a pooled analysis of two randomized, controlled clinical trials. J Clin Oncol. 2001;19(2): 558-567.
  11. Tanvetyanon T. Management of the adverse effects associated with intravenous bisphosphonates. Ann Oncol. 2006;17(6):897-907.
  12. Wisneski LA, Croom WP, Silva OL, et al. Salmon calcitonin in hypercalcemia. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 1978; 24:219-222.
  13. Binstock ML, Mundy GR. Effect of calcitonin and glucocorticoids in combination on the hypercalcemia of malignancy. Ann Intern Med. 1980;93(2):269-272.
  14. Nilsson O, Almqvist S, Karlberg BE. Salmon calcitonin in the acute treatment of moderate and severe hypercalcemia in man. Acta Med Scand. 1978;204(4): 249-252.
  15. Percival RC, Yates AJ, Gray RE, et al. Role of glucocorticoids in management of malignant hypercalcemia. Br Med J. 1984;289(6440):287.
  16. Kristensen B, Ejlertsen B, Holmegaard SN, et al. Prednisolone in the treatment of severe malignant hypercalcemia in metastatic breast cancer: a randomized study. J Intern Med. 1992;232(3):237-245.
  17. Thalassinos NC, Joplin GF. Failure of corticosteroid therapy to correct the hypercalcemia of malignant disease. Lancet. 1970;2(7672):537-538.
  18. Warrell RP Jr, Murphy WK, Schulman P, et al. A randomized double-blind study of gallium nitrate compared with etidronate for acute control of cancer-related hypercalcemia. J Clin Oncol. 1991;9(8):1467-1475.
  19. Warrell RP Jr, Israel R, Frisone M, et al. Gallium nitrate for acute treatment of cancer-related hypercalcemia: a randomized, double-blinded comparison to calcitonin. Ann Intern Med. 1988;108:669-674.
  20. Cvitkovic F, Armand JP, Tubiana-Hulin M, et al. Randomized, double-blind, phase II trial of gallium nitrate compared with pamidronate for acute control of cancer-related hypercalcemia. Cancer J. 2006;12 (1):47-53.
  21. Cardella CJ, Birkin BL, Rapoport A. Role of dialysis in the treatment of severe hypercalcemia: report of two cases successfully treated with hemodialysis and review of the literature. Clin Nephrol. 1979; 12(6):285-290.
  22. Koo WS, Jeon DS, Ahn SJ, et al. Calcium-free hemodialysis for the management of hypercalcemia. Nephron. 1996;72(3):424-428.
 

 

 

Case

A 63-year-old man with hypertension, diabetes, and recently diagnosed squamous-cell lung cancer presents with diffuse abdominal pain and confusion of two-day duration. He weighs 105 Kg, his blood pressure is 105/65 mm/Hg, heart rate is 105 beats per minute, and temperature is 99.0 degrees Fahrenheit. His respirations are 18 breaths per minute, oxygen saturation is 95% on room air, and his orthostatics are positive. Dry mucus membranes with decreased skin turgor are noted on physical examination. Laboratory evaluation reveals a calcium level of 15.5 mg/dL, creatinine level of 1.2 mg/dL, albumin level of 4.3 g/dL, and a phosphorous level of 2.9 mg/dL.

What is the best treatment of this condition?

KEY Points

  • Hypercalcemia of malignancy is the most common cause of hypercalcemia in hospitalized patients.
  • Volume repletion with IV isotonic fluids is an important initial intervention.
  • Furosemide use should generally be used only to correct volume overload from IV fluids.
  • Bisphosphonates are the best-studied and most efficacious treatment for hypercalcemia.
  • Attention must be paid to the underlying malignancy and its concomitant high mortality rate.

     

Additional Reading

  • Stewart A. Hypercalcemia associated with cancer. N Engl J Med. 2005;542(4):373- 379.
  • Assadi F. Hypercalcemia: an evidence-based approach to clinical cases. Iran J Kidney Dis. 2009;3:(2):71-79.
  • LeGrand SB, Leskuski D, Zama I. Narrative review: furosemide for hypercalcemia: an unproven yet common practice. Ann Intern Med. 2008;149:259-263

     

Overview

Calcium homeostasis involves complex interactions between the kidney, gastrointestinal (GI) tract, and the skeletal system via hormonal influences. Although 99% of the body’s calcium is stored in the bones, 50% of serum calcium is in the active ionized form, 40% is bound to albumin, and 10% is complexed with anions.1 It’s important to remember these percentages when evaluating a patient’s serum calcium; elevated serum calcium can be validated by using either a correction formula (corrected calcium=measured total calcium + [0.8 x (4.5-albumin)]) or by direct measurement of the ionized calcium, which is the physiologically active form.

Hypercalcemia of malignancy is the most common cause of hypercalcemia in the hospitalized patient. Twenty to 30% of patients with cancer will develop hypercalcemia at some point in their disease course.2 Overall, this portends a poor prognosis with a median survival of three to four months.3

Four general mechanisms are involved in the pathogenesis of malignant hypercalcemia; these mechanisms form the basis for available treatment strategies available:

  • Osteolytic tumors, such as multiple myeloma, can directly act on bone, leading to osteoclast activation and release of calcium;
  • Humoral mediators elaborated by malignant cells, such as parathyroid hormone-related peptide (PTH-RP), can effect activation of osteoclasts and decrease renal elimination of calcium, causing humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy;
  • Some malignancies (most commonly lymphomas) can directly synthesize 1,25 (OH)2 vitamin D, leading to increased luminal absorption of both calcium and phosphorus from the GI tract; and
  • Direct production of parathyroid hormone (PTH) by the malignant cells is rare, but has been reported.2

Other factors, including impaired mobility, might lead to further bone resorption and a worsening of the hypercalcemic state.

A patient with hypercalcemia must have a systematic workup, with knowledge of other causes of hypercalcemia that could be present, irrespective of malignancy. Examples include primary hyperparathyroidism, medications effect, and genetic etiologies. Although further discussion is beyond the scope of this article, a broad diagnostic approach is represented in Figure 1 (at right).

 

 

Effective management of hypercalcemia demands consideration of both the patient’s immediate, as well as longer-term, clinical situation in light of the patient’s prognosis. The primary aim in the acute management of hypercalcemia is to normalize serum values and decrease symptoms. However, this must be done with appreciation that the metabolic derangement was generated by an underlying malignancy. The main focus of clinical therapeutics should be aimed at this.

click for large version
A computer-generated image of multinucleated osteoclasts etching away the trabecular bone in a process called bone resorption. The bisphosphonates inhibit this process in malignancy-induced hypercalcemia.

Review of the Data

Intravenous (IV) fluids. IV hydration with isotonic saline represents the most immediate and critical intervention in the acute management of malignant hypercalcemia. This condition has multiple, potentially deleterious effects on the kidney, including vasoconstriction, inhibition of salt absorption distally, and antagonism of anti-diuretic hormone (ADH), leading to both salt and water loss. The decrease in intravascular volume then potentiates increased sodium re-absorption proximally in the kidney.

Isotonic saline restores the volume depletion that invariably occurs in the setting of hypercalcemia-provoked urinary salt wasting. The restoration of intravascular volume results in an increase in the glomerular filtration rate and, thus, an increase in calcium filtration. Furthermore, proximal tubular sodium and calcium re-absorption decrease as the glomerular filtration rate increases. Additionally, an increase in sodium and water presentation to the distal renal tubular sites provokes a further calciuresis.

It is estimated that with saline hydration, the calcium concentration should decline, at least by the degree to which dehydration raised it, typically in the range of 1.6 mg to 2.4 mg per deciliter.4 Hydration alone, however, rarely leads to normalization of the serum calcium concentration in patients with severe hypercalcemia.

The rate of infusion is based on the severity of hypercalcemia, and the patient’s age and comorbidities, with particular attention to cardiac or renal disease. A standard approach for most patients without edema and without heart or renal failure is to begin a saline infusion at an initial rate between 200 mL/h to 300 mL/h. The goal is to maintain urine output at 100 mL/h to 150 mL/h.

Furosemide. Following the administration of intravenous fluids to re-establish a euvolemic state, furosemide historically has been used because it has a calcinuric effect with forced diuresis. It also is useful for managing and preventing the fluid overload that occurs with saline hydration. However, data does not support its routine use to lower calcium levels in hypercalcemic patients.

The majority of articles studying the use of furosemide were published in the 1970s and ’80s, and they involve a variety of doses and administration schedules ranging from 40 mg orally daily to 100 mg IV hourly with variable improvement in serum calcium levels and effects that were short-lived. Although some studies have shown that these high doses (2,400 mg/24 hours) of furosemide can decrease calcium levels, resultant severe metabolic derangements in other electrolytes were encountered. This approach required frequent and invasive monitoring to prevent such derangements.5 The clinical application of these studies have led to published recommendations that are as variable as the doses used in the initial studies more than 30 years ago.

This includes the consideration that, in light of the availability and efficacy of bisphosphonates, furosemide might no longer be clinically helpful in this endeavor.6 The current role of furosemide in the management in hypercalcemic patients remains on an as-needed basis for management of fluid overload states brought about after aggressive IV fluid resuscitation.

click for large version
Figure 1: Diagnostic Approach to Hypercalcemia.
 

 

Bisphosphonates. Bisphosph-onates first became available for the management of hypercalcemia in the early 1990s and have dramatically changed the acute intervention and improved the long-term clinical course of patients with malignant hypercalcemia. Though first developed in the 19th century with industrial applications, it wasn’t until the 1960s that their role in bone metabolism was appreciated.

While their complex mechanism of action remains an issue of ongoing investigations, it is known that bisphosphonates are directed to the bones, where they inhibit an enzyme in the HMG-CoA reductase pathway and promote apoptotic cell death of osteoclasts.7 By blocking osteoclast-mediated bone resorption, the bisphosphonates are effective in treating the hypercalcemia that occurs with a variety of bone-resorbing disease processes, malignant hypercalcemia included. As relatively nontoxic compounds capable of conferring a profound and sustained diminution in serum calcium, these agents have become preferred in the management of acute and chronic hypercalcemia of malignancy.

There are five parenteral bisphosphonates available for the treatment of malignant hypercalcemia: pamidronate, zoledronic acid, ibandronate, etidronate, and clodronate. Etidronate and clodronate are first-generation agents, which are less potent and have more side effects than other agents and are not as commonly used. Ibandronate is a useful agent with a long half-life shown to be as effective as pamidronate, though it has not been as extensively studied as the other agents.

Pamidronate has been studied thoroughly in multiple observational and randomized trials, and has been shown to be highly efficacious and minimally toxic in the treatment of hypercalcemia due to multiple causes, including malignant hypercalcemia.8,9 A maximum calcium-lowering effect occurs at a dose of 90 mg, and the dose is often titrated based on the measured serum calcium. It is infused over two to four hours, effects a lowering of serum calcium within one to two days, and has a sustained effect lasting for up to two weeks or more.

As the most potent and most easily administered bisphosphonate, zoledronic acid is considered by many the agent of choice in the treatment of malignant hypercalcemia. It can be administered as a 4 mg-8 mg dose intravenously over 15 minutes (compared with two hours for pamidronate). Two Phase III trials comprising 275 patients have demonstrated zoledronic acid’s superior efficacy compared with pamidronate, with 88% of patients accomplishing a normalized serum calcium (compared with 70% of patients receiving a 90-mg dose of pamidronate).10

Even though these agents are relatively nontoxic, each can provoke a mild, transient flulike illness in recipients. Renal dysfunction has been noted rarely. These agents should be renally dosed and used with caution in patients with advanced renal insufficiency (serum creatinine >2.5). Osteonecrosis of the jaw has been observed in less than 2% of patients receiving IV bisphosphonates. Accordingly, it is recommended that patients undergo dental evaluation prior to receiving the agent (if feasible) and avoid invasive dental procedures around the time that they receive the agent.11

click for large version
Table 1. Agents for Treating Hypercalcemia of Malignancy

Other therapeutic interventions. The bisphosphonates represent the best studied and most efficacious pharmaceutical agents available to treat hypercalcemia. Straying from these agents should be considered only when they are contraindicated, in severe circumstances, or after the patient has failed to respond.

Calcitonin has long had FDA approval for treatment of hypercalcemia in adults. It has been shown in small, nonrandomized studies from the 1970s and ’80s to rapidly (within two hours) decrease calcium levels in hypercalcemic patients.12,13,14 However, these reductions are small (<10%) and transient (usually persisting up to 72 to 96 hours) due to the tachyphylaxsis noted with this medication. Nonetheless, calcitonin can be used as an adjuvant bridge to lower calcium levels in severely hypercalcemic patients for the first few days before other agents start taking effect.

 

 

Glucocorticoids have been used to treat hypercalcemia since the 1950s. Prednisone, dexamethasone, and methylprednisolone all carry FDA indications for hypercalcemia, but data are lacking and contradictory. A small (n=28) randomized controlled trial (RCT) conducted in 1984 showed no additional efficacy of glucocorticoids with IV fluids when compared with IV fluids alone.15 Another small (n=30) RCT done in 1992 on women with metastatic breast cancer showed a significant improvement in patients treated with prednisolone, IV fluids, and furosemide when compared with IV fluids and furosemide.16 Other nonrandomized trials have shown response to be unpredictable at best.17 Despite this, glucocorticoids likely retain a limited role for treatment in specific cases, including hypercalcemia induced by lymphomas elevating levels of 1,25(OH)2 vitamin D (as this interacts with a steroid-regulated receptor), or multiple myelomas where they potentially impact disease progression.

Gallium nitrate, an anhydrous salt of a heavy metal, has been shown in several randomized trials to be an effective therapeutic agent in lowering calcium levels in hypercalcemic patients.18,19 Furthermore, a double-blinded trial of 64 patients with hypercalcemia of malignancy showed gallium nitrate to be at least as effective as pamidronate for acute control of cancer-related hypercalcemia.20 However, the need for continuous infusion over a five-day period has limited the application of this agent.

Hemodialysis with a calcium-lacking dialysate has been shown in small, nonrandomized studies to be a temporarily effective method of reducing serum calcium levels.21,22 However, this treatment modality would best be reserved for patients with severe hypercalcemia, in whom aggressive intravascular volume repletion and bisphosphonates are not advisable (e.g. those with significant heart or kidney failure) and have an underlying etiology that is likely to be responsive to other treatment. Furthermore, consideration as to the appropriateness of such invasive temporizing procedures in patients with metastatic cancer should be undertaken.

Back to the Case

This patient had an ionized calcium level of 1.9 mmol/L (normal 1.1-1.4 mmol/L). He was started on aggressive IV hydration with normal saline and zoledronic acid. His home medications were reviewed, and it was confirmed that he was not taking such contraindicated medications as thiazides or calcium/vitamin D supplementation.

Further workup for the etiology of his hypercalcemia revealed an appropriately suppressed, intact PTH and normal 25 (OH) Vitamin D and 1,25 (OH)2 Vitamin D levels. His intact PTH-RP was elevated at 10pmol/L, and consistent with hypercalcemia of malignancy.

Oncology and palliative-care consults were requested to assist with coordination of the treatment of the patient’s underlying lung cancer; plans were made for systemic chemotherapy. His symptoms slowly improved, and 72 hours after admission, his serum calcium had normalized. He was discharged with a plan to initiate chemotherapy and continued follow-up with oncology.

Join Team Hospitalist

Want to share your unique perspective on hot topics in HM? Team Hospitalist is accepting applications for two-year terms beginning in April. If you are interested in joining the team, e-mail Editor Jason Carris at [email protected].

Bottom Line

Acute management of hypercalcemia of malignancy focuses on lowering the serum calcium through a variety of pharmacologic agents. However, such long-term issues as treatment of the underlying malignancy and discussions about goals of care in this high-mortality patient population is paramount. TH

Dr. Hartley and Dr. Repaskey are clinical instructors in internal medicine at the University of Michigan Health System. Dr. Rohde is a clinical assistant professor of internal medicine at UMHS.

References

  1. Assadi F. Hypercalcemia: an evidence-based approach to clinical cases. Iran J Kidney Dis. 2009;3:(2):71-79.
  2. Stewart A. Hypercalcemia associated with cancer. N Engl J Med. 2005;542(4):373-379.
  3. Seccareccia D. Cancer-related hypercalcemia. Can Fam Physician. 2010;56:(3):244-246.
  4. Bilezikian JP. Management of acute hypercalcemia. N Engl J Med. 1992; 326(18):1196-1203.
  5. Suki WN, Yium JJ, VonMinden M, et al. Acute treatment of hypercalcemia with furosemide. N Engl J Med. 1970;283:836-840.
  6. LeGrand SB, Leskuski D, Zama I. Narrative review: furosemide for hypercalcemia: an unproven yet common practice. Ann Intern Med. 2008;149:259-263.
  7. Drake MT, Bart LC, Khosla S. Bisphosphonates: mechanism of action and role in clinical practice. Mayo Clinic Proc. 2008;83(9):1032-1045.
  8. Nussbaum SR, Younger J, Vandepol CJ, et al. Single-dose intravenous therapy with pamidronate for the treatment of hypercalcemia of malignancy: comparison of 30-, 60-, and 90-mg dosages. Am J Med. 1993; 95(3):297-304.
  9. Gucalp R, Ritch P, Riernik PH, et al. Comparative study of pamidronate disodium and etidronate disodium in the treatment of cancer-related hypercalcemia. J Clin Oncol. 1992;10(1):134-142.
  10. Major P, Lortholary A, Hon J, et al. Zoledronic acid is superior to pamidronate in the treatment of hypercalcemia of malignancy: a pooled analysis of two randomized, controlled clinical trials. J Clin Oncol. 2001;19(2): 558-567.
  11. Tanvetyanon T. Management of the adverse effects associated with intravenous bisphosphonates. Ann Oncol. 2006;17(6):897-907.
  12. Wisneski LA, Croom WP, Silva OL, et al. Salmon calcitonin in hypercalcemia. Clin Pharmacol Ther. 1978; 24:219-222.
  13. Binstock ML, Mundy GR. Effect of calcitonin and glucocorticoids in combination on the hypercalcemia of malignancy. Ann Intern Med. 1980;93(2):269-272.
  14. Nilsson O, Almqvist S, Karlberg BE. Salmon calcitonin in the acute treatment of moderate and severe hypercalcemia in man. Acta Med Scand. 1978;204(4): 249-252.
  15. Percival RC, Yates AJ, Gray RE, et al. Role of glucocorticoids in management of malignant hypercalcemia. Br Med J. 1984;289(6440):287.
  16. Kristensen B, Ejlertsen B, Holmegaard SN, et al. Prednisolone in the treatment of severe malignant hypercalcemia in metastatic breast cancer: a randomized study. J Intern Med. 1992;232(3):237-245.
  17. Thalassinos NC, Joplin GF. Failure of corticosteroid therapy to correct the hypercalcemia of malignant disease. Lancet. 1970;2(7672):537-538.
  18. Warrell RP Jr, Murphy WK, Schulman P, et al. A randomized double-blind study of gallium nitrate compared with etidronate for acute control of cancer-related hypercalcemia. J Clin Oncol. 1991;9(8):1467-1475.
  19. Warrell RP Jr, Israel R, Frisone M, et al. Gallium nitrate for acute treatment of cancer-related hypercalcemia: a randomized, double-blinded comparison to calcitonin. Ann Intern Med. 1988;108:669-674.
  20. Cvitkovic F, Armand JP, Tubiana-Hulin M, et al. Randomized, double-blind, phase II trial of gallium nitrate compared with pamidronate for acute control of cancer-related hypercalcemia. Cancer J. 2006;12 (1):47-53.
  21. Cardella CJ, Birkin BL, Rapoport A. Role of dialysis in the treatment of severe hypercalcemia: report of two cases successfully treated with hemodialysis and review of the literature. Clin Nephrol. 1979; 12(6):285-290.
  22. Koo WS, Jeon DS, Ahn SJ, et al. Calcium-free hemodialysis for the management of hypercalcemia. Nephron. 1996;72(3):424-428.
 

 

 

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
What Is the Best Treatment of an Adult Patient with Hypercalcemia of Malignancy?
Display Headline
What Is the Best Treatment of an Adult Patient with Hypercalcemia of Malignancy?
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Shared/Split Service

Article Type
Changed
Display Headline
Shared/Split Service

In response to internal and external pressures to minimize length of stay, adhere to limitations on the maximum number of admitted patients, focus on evidence-based care, and improve outcomes of care, hospitalists have incorporated nonphysician providers (NPPs), such as acute-care nurse practitioners (ACNPs), into their group practices.1 HM groups employing these practitioners must be aware of state and federal regulations, as well as billing and documentation standards surrounding NPP services.

Consider the following common hospitalist scenario: A nurse practitioner evaluates a 67-year-old patient admitted for chronic obstructive bronchitis and progressing shortness of breath. The nurse practitioner documents the service and provides the attending physician with an update on the patient’s status. Later in the day, the physician makes rounds and concurs with the patient’s current plan of care.

The above scenario represents a shared/split service in which two providers from the same group perform a service for the same patient on the same calendar day. The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) allows these visits to be combined and reported under a single provider’s name if the shared/split billing criteria are met and appropriately documented.

Shared/split billing regulations limit the types of services that can be reported under this methodology, recognizing only E/M services provided in explicit facility-based settings: EDs, outpatient hospital clinics, or inpatient hospitals. Critical-care services and procedures are excluded.

Eligible Providers

The shared/split billing option only applies to services rendered by the attending physician and specified NPPs: nurse practitioners, physician assistants, clinical nurse specialists, and certified nurse-midwives. Both the attending physician and the NPP must be part of the same group practice, either through direct employment or a leased arrangement that contractually links the two individuals. The “leased” relationship often occurs when the facility directly employs the NPP but arranges for the NPP to provide services exclusively for the physician group. It is imperative that the bills for the NPP services are captured and reported by one entity—the hospitalist group.

Several other NPPs (e.g. clinical psychologists or certified registered nurse anesthetists) are recognized by CMS but are ineligible for shared/split billing and must report their services under a different Medicare billing option. Additionally, shared/split services do not apply to physicians in training (interns, residents, fellows) or students.

Qualifying Services

Medicare reimburses services that are considered reasonable and necessary and not otherwise excluded from coverage. From a clinical perspective, NPPs might provide any service permitted by the state scope of practice and performed under the appropriate level of supervision or collaboration as depicted in licensure requirements. These typically comprise visits or procedures rendered by ancillary staff or considered a “physician” service.

Alternatively, shared/split billing regulations limit the types of services that can be reported under this methodology, recognizing only evaluation and management (E/M) services provided in explicit facility-based settings: EDs, outpatient hospital clinics, or inpatient hospitals. Critical-care services and procedures are excluded.

FAQ

Question: How do NPPs submit claims that do not meet shared/split guidelines because the physician does not provide a face-to-face patient encounter?

Answer: Since 1998, Medicare has recognized claims by designated NPPs for various services provided in any inpatient or outpatient setting. For billing purposes, these services do not require physician involvement (i.e. physician initiation of care plan, physician-patient encounter, or physician presence on patient floor/unit) unless otherwise specified by state legislation or facility standards of practice. Services provided solely by the NPP in a facility-based setting must be reported under the Independent Billing Option, identifying the NPP’s NPI on the claim. Reimbursement for these “independent” services is limited to 85% of the allowable physician rate.

 

 

Physician Involvement

The NPP and the physician must have a face-to-face encounter with the same patient on the same calendar day, and there are no constraints on which provider should perform the initial encounter of the day.2

The extent of each provider’s involvement is left to provider discretion and/or local Medicare contractor requirements. Some contractors refer to the physician performing a “substantive” service but do not elaborate with specific service parameters, leaving the physician to determine the critical or key portion of his/her service. A corresponding, detailed notation alleviates any misconceptions of physician involvement.

Documentation by the attending physician should include an attestation that unequivocally demonstrates their personal encounter with the patient—for example, “Patient seen and examined by me.” Additionally, both the NPP and the physician should document the name of the individual with whom the service is shared/split—for example, “Agree with note by ____.” This allows for better charge capture; alerts coders, auditors, and payor representatives to consider both notes in support of the billed service; and ensures that the correct notes are sent to the payor in the event of claim denial and subsequent appeal.

Each provider must document their portion of the rendered service, date and legibly sign their corresponding note, and select the visit level supported by the cumulative encounter—for example, “Pulse oximetry 94% on room air. Audible rhonchi at bilateral lung bases. Start O2 2L nasal cannula. Obtain CXR.”

Only one claim can be submitted for a shared/split service. The services might either be reported with the physician’s NPI or the NPP’s NPI. Reimbursement is dependent upon this designation. The physician NPI generates 100% of the Medicare allowable rate; the NPP NPI limits reimbursement to 85% of the allowable physician rate.

Non-Medicare Claims

The shared/split billing policy only applies to Medicare beneficiaries. Due to excessive costs of NPP credentialing and enrollment, most non-Medicare insurers do not issue NPP provider numbers.

Effective June 1, 2010, Aetna began to enroll and reimburse NPP services, but it has not yet outlined a policy that parallels Medicare’s shared/split billing policy. However, lack of payor policy does not preclude payment for shared NPP services; it necessitates additional—and initial—efforts to obtain recognition and corresponding reimbursement.

After determining which insurers have applicable shared/split billing policies, develop a reasonable guideline to offer those payors who do not recognize the billing option. Alert the payor, in writing, that policy implementation will take place in a predetermined timeframe unless the payor can provide an alternate billing option. Some experts suggest physician groups outline the following key issues when structuring a billing option:

  • Types of NPP involved in patient care;
  • Category of services provided (e.g. E/M, procedures);
  • Service location(s) (ED, inpatient, or outpatient hospital);
  • Physician involvement;
  • Mechanism for reporting services; and
  • Documentation requirements.

This can be performed for any of the NPP billing options and is not limited to shared/split billing. Be sure to obtain payor response before initiating the shared/split billing process.

Summary

NPPs are involved in numerous services within the hospital, and often share/split services with hospitalists. Successful reporting requires understanding of and adherence to federal, state, and billing guidelines.

It is important to identify NPP employment relationships, the NPP’s role in the provision of services, the state supervisory or collaborative rules, and local payor interpretations to prevent misrepresentations, misunderstandings, or erroneous reporting. TH

Carol Pohlig is a billing and coding expert with the University of Pennsylvania Medical Center, Philadelphia. She is also on the faculty of SHM’s inpatient coding course.

 

 

References

  1. Howie JN, Erickson M. Acute care nurse practitioners: creating and implementing a model of care for an inpatient general medical service. Am J Crit Care. 2002; 11(5):448-458.
  2. Medicare Claims Processing Manual: Chapter 12, Section 30.6.1B. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services website. Available at: www.cms.hhs.gov/manuals/downloads/clm104c12.pdf. Accessed Nov. 14, 2010.
  3. Pohlig, C. Nonphysician providers in your practice. In: Coding for Chest Medicine 2009. Northbrook, Ill.: American College of Chest Physicians; 2010.
  4. Medicare Benefit Policy Manual: Chapter 15, Section 190-200. CMS website. Available at: www.cms.hhs.gov/manuals/Downloads/bp102c15.pdf. Accessed Nov. 14, 2010.
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Publications
Sections

In response to internal and external pressures to minimize length of stay, adhere to limitations on the maximum number of admitted patients, focus on evidence-based care, and improve outcomes of care, hospitalists have incorporated nonphysician providers (NPPs), such as acute-care nurse practitioners (ACNPs), into their group practices.1 HM groups employing these practitioners must be aware of state and federal regulations, as well as billing and documentation standards surrounding NPP services.

Consider the following common hospitalist scenario: A nurse practitioner evaluates a 67-year-old patient admitted for chronic obstructive bronchitis and progressing shortness of breath. The nurse practitioner documents the service and provides the attending physician with an update on the patient’s status. Later in the day, the physician makes rounds and concurs with the patient’s current plan of care.

The above scenario represents a shared/split service in which two providers from the same group perform a service for the same patient on the same calendar day. The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) allows these visits to be combined and reported under a single provider’s name if the shared/split billing criteria are met and appropriately documented.

Shared/split billing regulations limit the types of services that can be reported under this methodology, recognizing only E/M services provided in explicit facility-based settings: EDs, outpatient hospital clinics, or inpatient hospitals. Critical-care services and procedures are excluded.

Eligible Providers

The shared/split billing option only applies to services rendered by the attending physician and specified NPPs: nurse practitioners, physician assistants, clinical nurse specialists, and certified nurse-midwives. Both the attending physician and the NPP must be part of the same group practice, either through direct employment or a leased arrangement that contractually links the two individuals. The “leased” relationship often occurs when the facility directly employs the NPP but arranges for the NPP to provide services exclusively for the physician group. It is imperative that the bills for the NPP services are captured and reported by one entity—the hospitalist group.

Several other NPPs (e.g. clinical psychologists or certified registered nurse anesthetists) are recognized by CMS but are ineligible for shared/split billing and must report their services under a different Medicare billing option. Additionally, shared/split services do not apply to physicians in training (interns, residents, fellows) or students.

Qualifying Services

Medicare reimburses services that are considered reasonable and necessary and not otherwise excluded from coverage. From a clinical perspective, NPPs might provide any service permitted by the state scope of practice and performed under the appropriate level of supervision or collaboration as depicted in licensure requirements. These typically comprise visits or procedures rendered by ancillary staff or considered a “physician” service.

Alternatively, shared/split billing regulations limit the types of services that can be reported under this methodology, recognizing only evaluation and management (E/M) services provided in explicit facility-based settings: EDs, outpatient hospital clinics, or inpatient hospitals. Critical-care services and procedures are excluded.

FAQ

Question: How do NPPs submit claims that do not meet shared/split guidelines because the physician does not provide a face-to-face patient encounter?

Answer: Since 1998, Medicare has recognized claims by designated NPPs for various services provided in any inpatient or outpatient setting. For billing purposes, these services do not require physician involvement (i.e. physician initiation of care plan, physician-patient encounter, or physician presence on patient floor/unit) unless otherwise specified by state legislation or facility standards of practice. Services provided solely by the NPP in a facility-based setting must be reported under the Independent Billing Option, identifying the NPP’s NPI on the claim. Reimbursement for these “independent” services is limited to 85% of the allowable physician rate.

 

 

Physician Involvement

The NPP and the physician must have a face-to-face encounter with the same patient on the same calendar day, and there are no constraints on which provider should perform the initial encounter of the day.2

The extent of each provider’s involvement is left to provider discretion and/or local Medicare contractor requirements. Some contractors refer to the physician performing a “substantive” service but do not elaborate with specific service parameters, leaving the physician to determine the critical or key portion of his/her service. A corresponding, detailed notation alleviates any misconceptions of physician involvement.

Documentation by the attending physician should include an attestation that unequivocally demonstrates their personal encounter with the patient—for example, “Patient seen and examined by me.” Additionally, both the NPP and the physician should document the name of the individual with whom the service is shared/split—for example, “Agree with note by ____.” This allows for better charge capture; alerts coders, auditors, and payor representatives to consider both notes in support of the billed service; and ensures that the correct notes are sent to the payor in the event of claim denial and subsequent appeal.

Each provider must document their portion of the rendered service, date and legibly sign their corresponding note, and select the visit level supported by the cumulative encounter—for example, “Pulse oximetry 94% on room air. Audible rhonchi at bilateral lung bases. Start O2 2L nasal cannula. Obtain CXR.”

Only one claim can be submitted for a shared/split service. The services might either be reported with the physician’s NPI or the NPP’s NPI. Reimbursement is dependent upon this designation. The physician NPI generates 100% of the Medicare allowable rate; the NPP NPI limits reimbursement to 85% of the allowable physician rate.

Non-Medicare Claims

The shared/split billing policy only applies to Medicare beneficiaries. Due to excessive costs of NPP credentialing and enrollment, most non-Medicare insurers do not issue NPP provider numbers.

Effective June 1, 2010, Aetna began to enroll and reimburse NPP services, but it has not yet outlined a policy that parallels Medicare’s shared/split billing policy. However, lack of payor policy does not preclude payment for shared NPP services; it necessitates additional—and initial—efforts to obtain recognition and corresponding reimbursement.

After determining which insurers have applicable shared/split billing policies, develop a reasonable guideline to offer those payors who do not recognize the billing option. Alert the payor, in writing, that policy implementation will take place in a predetermined timeframe unless the payor can provide an alternate billing option. Some experts suggest physician groups outline the following key issues when structuring a billing option:

  • Types of NPP involved in patient care;
  • Category of services provided (e.g. E/M, procedures);
  • Service location(s) (ED, inpatient, or outpatient hospital);
  • Physician involvement;
  • Mechanism for reporting services; and
  • Documentation requirements.

This can be performed for any of the NPP billing options and is not limited to shared/split billing. Be sure to obtain payor response before initiating the shared/split billing process.

Summary

NPPs are involved in numerous services within the hospital, and often share/split services with hospitalists. Successful reporting requires understanding of and adherence to federal, state, and billing guidelines.

It is important to identify NPP employment relationships, the NPP’s role in the provision of services, the state supervisory or collaborative rules, and local payor interpretations to prevent misrepresentations, misunderstandings, or erroneous reporting. TH

Carol Pohlig is a billing and coding expert with the University of Pennsylvania Medical Center, Philadelphia. She is also on the faculty of SHM’s inpatient coding course.

 

 

References

  1. Howie JN, Erickson M. Acute care nurse practitioners: creating and implementing a model of care for an inpatient general medical service. Am J Crit Care. 2002; 11(5):448-458.
  2. Medicare Claims Processing Manual: Chapter 12, Section 30.6.1B. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services website. Available at: www.cms.hhs.gov/manuals/downloads/clm104c12.pdf. Accessed Nov. 14, 2010.
  3. Pohlig, C. Nonphysician providers in your practice. In: Coding for Chest Medicine 2009. Northbrook, Ill.: American College of Chest Physicians; 2010.
  4. Medicare Benefit Policy Manual: Chapter 15, Section 190-200. CMS website. Available at: www.cms.hhs.gov/manuals/Downloads/bp102c15.pdf. Accessed Nov. 14, 2010.

In response to internal and external pressures to minimize length of stay, adhere to limitations on the maximum number of admitted patients, focus on evidence-based care, and improve outcomes of care, hospitalists have incorporated nonphysician providers (NPPs), such as acute-care nurse practitioners (ACNPs), into their group practices.1 HM groups employing these practitioners must be aware of state and federal regulations, as well as billing and documentation standards surrounding NPP services.

Consider the following common hospitalist scenario: A nurse practitioner evaluates a 67-year-old patient admitted for chronic obstructive bronchitis and progressing shortness of breath. The nurse practitioner documents the service and provides the attending physician with an update on the patient’s status. Later in the day, the physician makes rounds and concurs with the patient’s current plan of care.

The above scenario represents a shared/split service in which two providers from the same group perform a service for the same patient on the same calendar day. The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) allows these visits to be combined and reported under a single provider’s name if the shared/split billing criteria are met and appropriately documented.

Shared/split billing regulations limit the types of services that can be reported under this methodology, recognizing only E/M services provided in explicit facility-based settings: EDs, outpatient hospital clinics, or inpatient hospitals. Critical-care services and procedures are excluded.

Eligible Providers

The shared/split billing option only applies to services rendered by the attending physician and specified NPPs: nurse practitioners, physician assistants, clinical nurse specialists, and certified nurse-midwives. Both the attending physician and the NPP must be part of the same group practice, either through direct employment or a leased arrangement that contractually links the two individuals. The “leased” relationship often occurs when the facility directly employs the NPP but arranges for the NPP to provide services exclusively for the physician group. It is imperative that the bills for the NPP services are captured and reported by one entity—the hospitalist group.

Several other NPPs (e.g. clinical psychologists or certified registered nurse anesthetists) are recognized by CMS but are ineligible for shared/split billing and must report their services under a different Medicare billing option. Additionally, shared/split services do not apply to physicians in training (interns, residents, fellows) or students.

Qualifying Services

Medicare reimburses services that are considered reasonable and necessary and not otherwise excluded from coverage. From a clinical perspective, NPPs might provide any service permitted by the state scope of practice and performed under the appropriate level of supervision or collaboration as depicted in licensure requirements. These typically comprise visits or procedures rendered by ancillary staff or considered a “physician” service.

Alternatively, shared/split billing regulations limit the types of services that can be reported under this methodology, recognizing only evaluation and management (E/M) services provided in explicit facility-based settings: EDs, outpatient hospital clinics, or inpatient hospitals. Critical-care services and procedures are excluded.

FAQ

Question: How do NPPs submit claims that do not meet shared/split guidelines because the physician does not provide a face-to-face patient encounter?

Answer: Since 1998, Medicare has recognized claims by designated NPPs for various services provided in any inpatient or outpatient setting. For billing purposes, these services do not require physician involvement (i.e. physician initiation of care plan, physician-patient encounter, or physician presence on patient floor/unit) unless otherwise specified by state legislation or facility standards of practice. Services provided solely by the NPP in a facility-based setting must be reported under the Independent Billing Option, identifying the NPP’s NPI on the claim. Reimbursement for these “independent” services is limited to 85% of the allowable physician rate.

 

 

Physician Involvement

The NPP and the physician must have a face-to-face encounter with the same patient on the same calendar day, and there are no constraints on which provider should perform the initial encounter of the day.2

The extent of each provider’s involvement is left to provider discretion and/or local Medicare contractor requirements. Some contractors refer to the physician performing a “substantive” service but do not elaborate with specific service parameters, leaving the physician to determine the critical or key portion of his/her service. A corresponding, detailed notation alleviates any misconceptions of physician involvement.

Documentation by the attending physician should include an attestation that unequivocally demonstrates their personal encounter with the patient—for example, “Patient seen and examined by me.” Additionally, both the NPP and the physician should document the name of the individual with whom the service is shared/split—for example, “Agree with note by ____.” This allows for better charge capture; alerts coders, auditors, and payor representatives to consider both notes in support of the billed service; and ensures that the correct notes are sent to the payor in the event of claim denial and subsequent appeal.

Each provider must document their portion of the rendered service, date and legibly sign their corresponding note, and select the visit level supported by the cumulative encounter—for example, “Pulse oximetry 94% on room air. Audible rhonchi at bilateral lung bases. Start O2 2L nasal cannula. Obtain CXR.”

Only one claim can be submitted for a shared/split service. The services might either be reported with the physician’s NPI or the NPP’s NPI. Reimbursement is dependent upon this designation. The physician NPI generates 100% of the Medicare allowable rate; the NPP NPI limits reimbursement to 85% of the allowable physician rate.

Non-Medicare Claims

The shared/split billing policy only applies to Medicare beneficiaries. Due to excessive costs of NPP credentialing and enrollment, most non-Medicare insurers do not issue NPP provider numbers.

Effective June 1, 2010, Aetna began to enroll and reimburse NPP services, but it has not yet outlined a policy that parallels Medicare’s shared/split billing policy. However, lack of payor policy does not preclude payment for shared NPP services; it necessitates additional—and initial—efforts to obtain recognition and corresponding reimbursement.

After determining which insurers have applicable shared/split billing policies, develop a reasonable guideline to offer those payors who do not recognize the billing option. Alert the payor, in writing, that policy implementation will take place in a predetermined timeframe unless the payor can provide an alternate billing option. Some experts suggest physician groups outline the following key issues when structuring a billing option:

  • Types of NPP involved in patient care;
  • Category of services provided (e.g. E/M, procedures);
  • Service location(s) (ED, inpatient, or outpatient hospital);
  • Physician involvement;
  • Mechanism for reporting services; and
  • Documentation requirements.

This can be performed for any of the NPP billing options and is not limited to shared/split billing. Be sure to obtain payor response before initiating the shared/split billing process.

Summary

NPPs are involved in numerous services within the hospital, and often share/split services with hospitalists. Successful reporting requires understanding of and adherence to federal, state, and billing guidelines.

It is important to identify NPP employment relationships, the NPP’s role in the provision of services, the state supervisory or collaborative rules, and local payor interpretations to prevent misrepresentations, misunderstandings, or erroneous reporting. TH

Carol Pohlig is a billing and coding expert with the University of Pennsylvania Medical Center, Philadelphia. She is also on the faculty of SHM’s inpatient coding course.

 

 

References

  1. Howie JN, Erickson M. Acute care nurse practitioners: creating and implementing a model of care for an inpatient general medical service. Am J Crit Care. 2002; 11(5):448-458.
  2. Medicare Claims Processing Manual: Chapter 12, Section 30.6.1B. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services website. Available at: www.cms.hhs.gov/manuals/downloads/clm104c12.pdf. Accessed Nov. 14, 2010.
  3. Pohlig, C. Nonphysician providers in your practice. In: Coding for Chest Medicine 2009. Northbrook, Ill.: American College of Chest Physicians; 2010.
  4. Medicare Benefit Policy Manual: Chapter 15, Section 190-200. CMS website. Available at: www.cms.hhs.gov/manuals/Downloads/bp102c15.pdf. Accessed Nov. 14, 2010.
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2011(01)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Shared/Split Service
Display Headline
Shared/Split Service
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)